40 files changed, 11671 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fcfcb2590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+        #define DUMMY_RTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7d7e6270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+        #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+                /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//              #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+                /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//              #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//              #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+                /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//              #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+                #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+                #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//              #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//              #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//              #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+                /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//              #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+                #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//              #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//              #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+                #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+                #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+                #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//              #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+                #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//              #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//              #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+                /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//              #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              0
+//              #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS          {Insert Value Here}
+//              #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//              #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+        #else
+
+                #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+        #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c07a58878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+        /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report.
+         *  Vendor Usage Page: 1
+         *  Vendor Collection Usage: 1
+         *  Vendor Report IN Usage: 2
+         *  Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3
+         *  Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE
+         */
+        HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+        .USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+        .Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+        .SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+        .Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+        .Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+        .VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+        .ProductID              = 0x2063,
+        .ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+        .ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+        .ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+        .SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+        .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+        .Config =
+                {
+                        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+                        .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+                        .TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+                        .ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+                        .ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+                        .ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+                        .MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+                },
+
+        .MS_Interface =
+                {
+                        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+                        .InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+                        .AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+                        .TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+                        .Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+                        .SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+                        .Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+                        .InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+                },
+
+        .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+                {
+                        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+                        .EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+                        .Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+                        .EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+                        .PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+                },
+
+        .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+                {
+                        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+                        .EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+                        .Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+                        .EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+                        .PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+                },
+
+        .HID_Interface =
+                {
+                        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+                        .InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+                        .AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+                        .TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+                        .Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+                        .SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+                        .Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+                        .InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+                },
+
+        .HID_GenericHID =
+                {
+                        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+                        .HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+                        .CountryCode            = 0x00,
+                        .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+                        .HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+                        .HIDReportLength        = sizeof(GenericReport)
+                },
+
+        .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+                {
+                        .Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+                        .EndpointAddress        = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+                        .Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+                        .EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+                        .PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+                },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+        const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+        const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+        const void* Address = NULL;
+        uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+        switch (DescriptorType)
+        {
+                case DTYPE_Device:
+                        Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+                        Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+                        break;
+                case DTYPE_Configuration:
+                        Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+                        Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+                        break;
+                case DTYPE_String:
+                        switch (DescriptorNumber)
+                        {
+                                case STRING_ID_Language:
+                                        Address = &LanguageString;
+                                        Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+                                        break;
+                                case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+                                        Address = &ManufacturerString;
+                                        Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+                                        break;
+                                case STRING_ID_Product:
+                                        Address = &ProductString;
+                                        Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+                                        break;
+                        }
+
+                        break;
+                case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+                        Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+                        Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+                        break;
+                case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+                        Address = &GenericReport;
+                        Size    = sizeof(GenericReport);
+                        break;
+        }
+
+        *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+        return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffbd65d46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+        /* Includes: */
+                #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+                #include "TempDataLogger.h"
+                #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+        /* Macros: */
+                /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+                #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+                /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+                #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+                /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+                #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+                /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+                #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+                /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+                #define GENERIC_EPSIZE                 16
+
+                /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
+                #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE            sizeof(Device_Report_t)
+
+        /* Type Defines: */
+                /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+                 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+                 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+                 */
+                typedef struct
+                {
+                        USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+                        // Mass Storage Interface
+                        USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
+                        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
+                        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+
+                        // Settings Management Generic HID Interface
+                        USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+                        USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_GenericHID;
+                        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+                } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+                /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+                 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+                 *  interface from other descriptors.
+                 */
+                enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+                {
+                        INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+                        INTERFACE_ID_HID         = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */
+                };
+
+                /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+                 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+                 *  other descriptors.
+                 */
+                enum StringDescriptors_t
+                {
+                        STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+                        STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+                        STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+                };
+
+        /* Function Prototypes: */
+                uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+                                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1111ce39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+        uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+        bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+        /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+        Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+        /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+        /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+        /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+        if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+          return;
+
+        while (TotalBlocks)
+        {
+                uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+                /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+                while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+                {
+                        /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+                        if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+                        {
+                                /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+                                Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+                                /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+                                if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+                                  return;
+                        }
+
+                        /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+                        if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+                        {
+                                /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+                                Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+                                Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+                                /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+                                CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+                                CurrDFPage++;
+
+                                /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+                                if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+                                  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+                                /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+                                Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+                                /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+                                if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+                                {
+                                        /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+                                        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+                                        Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+                                        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+                                        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+                                }
+#endif
+
+                                /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+                                Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+                        }
+
+                        /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+                        Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+                        /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+                        CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+                        /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+                        BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+                        /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+                        if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+                          return;
+                }
+
+                /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+                TotalBlocks--;
+        }
+
+        /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+        Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+        /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+        if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+          Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+        /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+        Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+        uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+        /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+        Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+        /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+        /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+        if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+          return;
+
+        while (TotalBlocks)
+        {
+                uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+                /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+                while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+                {
+                        /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+                        if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+                        {
+                                /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+                                Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+                                /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+                                if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+                                  return;
+                        }
+
+                        /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+                        if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+                        {
+                                /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+                                CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+                                CurrDFPage++;
+
+                                /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+                                Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+                                /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+                                Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                        }
+
+                        /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+                        Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+                        /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+                        CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+                        /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+                        BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+                        /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+                        if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+                          return;
+                }
+
+                /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+                TotalBlocks--;
+        }
+
+        /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+        if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+          Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+        /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+        Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+        uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+        bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+        /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+        Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+        /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+        /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+        while (TotalBlocks)
+        {
+                uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+                /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+                while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+                {
+                        /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+                        if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+                        {
+                                /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+                                Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+                                Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+                                /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+                                CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+                                CurrDFPage++;
+
+                                /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+                                if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+                                  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+                                /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+                                Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+                                /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+                                if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+                                {
+                                        /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+                                        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+                                        Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+                                        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+                                        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+                                }
+#endif
+
+                                /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+                                Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+                                Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+                        }
+
+                        /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+                        for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+                          Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+                        /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+                        CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+                        /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+                        BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+                }
+
+                /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+                TotalBlocks--;
+        }
+
+        /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+        Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+        Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+        /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+        Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+        uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+        uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+        /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+        Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+        /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+        Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+        while (TotalBlocks)
+        {
+                uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+                /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+                while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+                {
+                        /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+                        if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+                        {
+                                /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+                                CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+                                CurrDFPage++;
+
+                                /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+                                Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+                                /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+                                Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                                Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+                        }
+
+                        /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+                        for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+                          *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+                        /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+                        CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+                        /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+                        BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+                }
+
+                /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+                TotalBlocks--;
+        }
+
+        /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+        Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+        /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+        Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+        /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+        if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+        {
+                Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+                /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+        }
+
+        /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+        #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+        Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+        /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+        if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+        {
+                Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+                /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+                Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+        }
+        #endif
+
+        /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+        Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+        uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+        /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+        Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+        ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+        Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+        /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+        if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+          return false;
+
+        #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+        /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+        Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+        Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+        ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+        Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+        /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+        if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+          return false;
+        #endif
+
+        return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0feeb67b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+        /* Includes: */
+                #include <avr/io.h>
+
+                #include "../TempDataLogger.h"
+                #include "../Descriptors.h"
+                #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+                #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+        /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+                #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+                        #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+                #endif
+
+        /* Defines: */
+                /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+                #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+                /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+                 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+                 */
+                #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+
+                /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+                 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+                 */
+                #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+        /* Function Prototypes: */
+                void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+                void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+                void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+                void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+                void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+                bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80d8843d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a                       (C)ChaN, 2012
+
+
+FILES
+
+  ffconf.h   Configuration file for FatFs module.
+  ff.h       Common include file for FatFs and application module.
+  ff.c       FatFs module.
+  diskio.h   Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.
+  diskio.c   An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs.
+  integer.h  Integer type definitions for FatFs.
+  option     Optional external functions.
+
+  Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs
+  module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific
+  storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written
+  to control your storage device.
+
+
+
+AGREEMENTS
+
+ FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
+ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
+ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
+
+  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+
+ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+
+
+
+REVISION HISTORY
+
+  Feb 26, 2006  R0.00  Prototype
+
+  Apr 29, 2006  R0.01  First release.
+
+  Jun 01, 2006  R0.02  Added FAT12.
+                       Removed unbuffered mode.
+                       Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
+
+  Jun 10, 2006  R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.
+
+  Sep 22, 2006  R0.03  Added f_rename.
+                       Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+
+  Dec 11, 2006  R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
+                       Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+
+  Feb 04, 2007  R0.04  Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)
+                       Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.
+                       Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  Apr 01, 2007  R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.
+                       Added minimization level 3.
+                       Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an
+                       existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  May 05, 2007  R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.
+                       Added FSInfo support.
+                       Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+                       Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.
+
+  Aug 25, 2007  R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.
+                       Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)
+
+  Feb 03, 2008  R0.05a Added f_truncate().
+                       Added f_utime().
+                       Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+                       Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+                       Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+
+  Apr 01, 2008  R0.06  Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+                       Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.
+
+  Apr 01, 2009, R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
+                       Added long file name support.
+                       Added multiple code page support.
+                       Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+                       Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+                       Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+                       Changed result code of critical errors.
+                       Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+
+  Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+                       Added multiple sector size support.
+
+  Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.
+                       Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+                       Added relative path feature.
+                       Added f_chdir().
+                       Added f_chdrive().
+                       Added proper case conversion for extended characters.
+
+  Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e  Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+                       Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+                       Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+                       Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+                       Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+
+  May 15, 2010, R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN)
+                       Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+                       Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+                       Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+                       Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+                       String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+
+  Aug 16,'10 R0.08a    Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+                       Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+                       Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+                       Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+                       Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+
+  Jan 15,'11 R0.08b    Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+                       f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+                       Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+                       Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names.
+
+  Sep 06,'11 R0.09     f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+                       Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+
+  Aug 27,'12 R0.09a    Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16.
+                       Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash.
+                       Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8cc8cd404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs     (C)ChaN, 2007        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */
+/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "diskio.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialize a Drive                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (
+        BYTE drv                                /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Return Disk Status                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_status (
+        BYTE drv                /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Sector(s)                                                        */
+
+DRESULT disk_read (
+        BYTE drv,               /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+        BYTE *buff,             /* Data buffer to store read data */
+        DWORD sector,   /* Sector address (LBA) */
+        BYTE count              /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */
+)
+{
+        DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+        return RES_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write Sector(s)                                                       */
+
+#if _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (
+        BYTE drv,                       /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+        const BYTE *buff,       /* Data to be written */
+        DWORD sector,           /* Sector address (LBA) */
+        BYTE count                      /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */
+)
+{
+        DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+        return RES_OK;
+}
+#endif /* _READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Miscellaneous Functions                                               */
+
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (
+        BYTE drv,               /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+        BYTE ctrl,              /* Control code */
+        void *buff              /* Buffer to send/receive control data */
+)
+{
+        if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC)
+          return RES_OK;
+        else
+          return RES_PARERR;
+}
+
+
+DWORD get_fattime (void)
+{
+        TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate;
+
+        RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate);
+
+
+        return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) |
+                     ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) |
+                       ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) |
+                      ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) |
+                     ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) |
+              (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d3c3149a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+/  Low level disk interface module include file
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED
+#define _DISKIO_DEFINED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"
+
+#include "../DataflashManager.h"
+
+
+/* Status of Disk Functions */
+typedef BYTE    DSTATUS;
+
+/* Results of Disk Functions */
+typedef enum {
+        RES_OK = 0,             /* 0: Successful */
+        RES_ERROR,              /* 1: R/W Error */
+        RES_WRPRT,              /* 2: Write Protected */
+        RES_NOTRDY,             /* 3: Not Ready */
+        RES_PARERR              /* 4: Invalid Parameter */
+} DRESULT;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------*/
+/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);
+DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#if     _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#endif
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);
+
+
+/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
+
+#define STA_NOINIT              0x01    /* Drive not initialized */
+#define STA_NODISK              0x02    /* No medium in the drive */
+#define STA_PROTECT             0x04    /* Write protected */
+
+/* Generic command */
+#define CTRL_SYNC                       0       /* Mandatory for write functions */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..059b5885a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4139 @@
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module  R0.09a                 (C)ChaN, 2012
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00  Prototype.
+/
+/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01  First stable version.
+/
+/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02  Added FAT12 support.
+/                   Removed unbuffered mode.
+/                   Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition.
+/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
+/
+/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03  Added f_rename().
+/                   Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+/
+/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04  Supported multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
+/                   Added f_mkfs().
+/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive.
+/                   Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
+/                   Added minimization level 3.
+/                   Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
+/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
+/                   Added FSInfo support.
+/                   Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+/                   Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
+/
+/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
+/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
+/                   Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+/                   Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+/                   Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06  Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+/                   Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY)
+/                   Added long file name feature.
+/                   Added multiple code page feature.
+/                   Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+/                   Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+/                   Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+/                   Changed result code of critical errors.
+/                   Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+/                   Added multiple sector size feature.
+/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
+/                   Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+/                   Added relative path feature.
+/                   Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
+/                   Added proper case conversion to extended char.
+/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+/                   Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+/                   Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+/                   Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+/                   Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+/
+/ May 15,'10 R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3)
+/                   Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+/                   Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+/                   Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+/                   Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+/                   String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+/                   Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+/                   Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+/                   Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+/                   f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+/                   Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+/                   Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name.
+/
+/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09  f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+/                   Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume.
+/                   Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash.
+/                   Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
+/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "ff.h"                 /* FatFs configurations and declarations */
+#include "diskio.h"             /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Definitions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FATFS != 4004      /* Revision ID */
+#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definitions on sector size */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096
+#error Wrong sector size.
+#endif
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+#define SS(fs)  ((fs)->ssize)   /* Variable sector size */
+#else
+#define SS(fs)  512U                    /* Fixed sector size */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Reentrancy related */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+#if _USE_LFN == 1
+#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.
+#endif
+#define ENTER_FF(fs)            { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)       { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
+#else
+#define ENTER_FF(fs)
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)       return res
+#endif
+
+#define ABORT(fs, res)          { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
+
+
+/* File access control feature */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+#if _FS_READONLY
+#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg.
+#endif
+typedef struct {
+        FATFS *fs;                              /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */
+        DWORD clu;                              /* File ID 2, directory */
+        WORD idx;                               /* File ID 3, directory index */
+        WORD ctr;                               /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */
+} FILESEM;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
+
+#if _CODE_PAGE == 932   /* Japanese Shift-JIS */
+#define _DF1S   0x81    /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
+#define _DF1E   0x9F    /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
+#define _DF2S   0xE0    /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
+#define _DF2E   0xFC    /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
+#define _DS1S   0x40    /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
+#define _DS1E   0x7E    /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
+#define _DS2S   0x80    /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
+#define _DS2E   0xFC    /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */
+#define _DF1S   0x81
+#define _DF1E   0xFE
+#define _DS1S   0x40
+#define _DS1E   0x7E
+#define _DS2S   0x80
+#define _DS2E   0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */
+#define _DF1S   0x81
+#define _DF1E   0xFE
+#define _DS1S   0x41
+#define _DS1E   0x5A
+#define _DS2S   0x61
+#define _DS2E   0x7A
+#define _DS3S   0x81
+#define _DS3E   0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
+#define _DF1S   0x81
+#define _DF1E   0xFE
+#define _DS1S   0x40
+#define _DS1E   0x7E
+#define _DS2S   0xA1
+#define _DS2E   0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
+                                0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
+                                0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
+                                0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
+                                0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S   0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+                                0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+                                0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1   /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page.
+#endif
+#define _DF1S   0
+
+#else
+#error Unknown code page
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Character code support macros */
+#define IsUpper(c)      (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
+#define IsLower(c)      (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
+#define IsDigit(c)      (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9'))
+
+#if _DF1S               /* Code page is DBCS */
+
+#ifdef _DF2S    /* Two 1st byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)      (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
+#else                   /* One 1st byte area */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)      ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DS3S    /* Three 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)      (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
+#else                   /* Two 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)      (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
+#endif
+
+#else                   /* Code page is SBCS */
+
+#define IsDBCS1(c)      0
+#define IsDBCS2(c)      0
+
+#endif /* _DF1S */
+
+
+/* Name status flags */
+#define NS                      11              /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */
+#define NS_LOSS         0x01    /* Out of 8.3 format */
+#define NS_LFN          0x02    /* Force to create LFN entry */
+#define NS_LAST         0x04    /* Last segment */
+#define NS_BODY         0x08    /* Lower case flag (body) */
+#define NS_EXT          0x10    /* Lower case flag (ext) */
+#define NS_DOT          0x20    /* Dot entry */
+
+
+/* FAT sub-type boundaries */
+/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */
+#define MIN_FAT16       4086    /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */
+#define MIN_FAT32       65526   /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */
+
+
+/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of
+/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between
+/ different platforms */
+
+#define BS_jmpBoot                      0       /* Jump instruction (3) */
+#define BS_OEMName                      3       /* OEM name (8) */
+#define BPB_BytsPerSec          11      /* Sector size [byte] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerClus          13      /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */
+#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt          14      /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumFATs                     16      /* Number of FAT copies (1) */
+#define BPB_RootEntCnt          17      /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */
+#define BPB_TotSec16            19      /* Volume size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_Media                       21      /* Media descriptor (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz16                     22      /* FAT size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerTrk           24      /* Track size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumHeads            26      /* Number of heads (2) */
+#define BPB_HiddSec                     28      /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */
+#define BPB_TotSec32            32      /* Volume size [sector] (4) */
+#define BS_DrvNum                       36      /* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig                      38      /* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID                        39      /* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab                       43      /* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType           54      /* File system type (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz32                     36      /* FAT size [sector] (4) */
+#define BPB_ExtFlags            40      /* Extended flags (2) */
+#define BPB_FSVer                       42      /* File system version (2) */
+#define BPB_RootClus            44      /* Root dir first cluster (4) */
+#define BPB_FSInfo                      48      /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */
+#define BPB_BkBootSec           50      /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */
+#define BS_DrvNum32                     64      /* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig32            66      /* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID32                      67      /* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab32                     71      /* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType32         82      /* File system type (1) */
+#define FSI_LeadSig                     0       /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */
+#define FSI_StrucSig            484     /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */
+#define FSI_Free_Count          488     /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */
+#define FSI_Nxt_Free            492     /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */
+#define MBR_Table                       446     /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */
+#define SZ_PTE                          16      /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */
+#define BS_55AA                         510     /* Boot sector signature (2) */
+
+#define DIR_Name                        0       /* Short file name (11) */
+#define DIR_Attr                        11      /* Attribute (1) */
+#define DIR_NTres                       12      /* NT flag (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth        13      /* Created time sub-second (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTime                     14      /* Created time (2) */
+#define DIR_CrtDate                     16      /* Created date (2) */
+#define DIR_LstAccDate          18      /* Last accessed date (2) */
+#define DIR_FstClusHI           20      /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define DIR_WrtTime                     22      /* Modified time (2) */
+#define DIR_WrtDate                     24      /* Modified date (2) */
+#define DIR_FstClusLO           26      /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define DIR_FileSize            28      /* File size (4) */
+#define LDIR_Ord                        0       /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */
+#define LDIR_Attr                       11      /* LFN attribute (1) */
+#define LDIR_Type                       12      /* LFN type (1) */
+#define LDIR_Chksum                     13      /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */
+#define LDIR_FstClusLO          26      /* Filled by zero (0) */
+#define SZ_DIR                          32              /* Size of a directory entry */
+#define LLE                                     0x40    /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */
+#define DDE                                     0xE5    /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */
+#define NDDE                            0x05    /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Module private work area                                   */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are
+/  zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up
+/  routine is out of ANSI-C standard.
+*/
+
+#if _VOLUMES
+static
+FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
+#else
+#error Number of volumes must not be 0.
+#endif
+
+static
+WORD Fsid;                              /* File system mount ID */
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+static
+BYTE CurrVol;                   /* Current drive */
+#endif
+
+#if _FS_LOCK
+static
+FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK];        /* File lock semaphores */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN == 0                       /* No LFN feature */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF                     BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)          (dobj).fn = sfn
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 1                     /* LFN feature with static working buffer */
+static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1];
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF                     BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)          { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; }
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 2             /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF                     BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)          { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; }
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 3             /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF                     BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)          { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \
+                                                          if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \
+                                                          (dobj).lfn = lfn;     (dobj).fn = sfn; }
+#define FREE_BUF()                      ff_memfree(lfn)
+
+#else
+#error Wrong LFN configuration.
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Functions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* String functions                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Copy memory to memory */
+static
+void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+        BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+        const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src;
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1
+        while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) {
+                *(int*)d = *(int*)s;
+                d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int);
+                cnt -= sizeof (int);
+        }
+#endif
+        while (cnt--)
+                *d++ = *s++;
+}
+
+/* Fill memory */
+static
+void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) {
+        BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+
+        while (cnt--)
+                *d++ = (BYTE)val;
+}
+
+/* Compare memory to memory */
+static
+int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+        const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src;
+        int r = 0;
+
+        while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
+        return r;
+}
+
+/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
+static
+int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
+        while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
+        return *str;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Request/Release grant to access the volume                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+
+static
+int lock_fs (
+        FATFS *fs               /* File system object */
+)
+{
+        return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
+}
+
+
+static
+void unlock_fs (
+        FATFS *fs,              /* File system object */
+        FRESULT res             /* Result code to be returned */
+)
+{
+        if (fs &&
+                res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
+                res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
+                res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
+                res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
+                ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
+        }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* File lock control functions                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_LOCK
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_lock (      /* Check if the file can be accessed */
+        DIR* dj,                /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */
+        int acc                 /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
+)
+{
+        UINT i, be;
+
+        /* Search file semaphore table */
+        for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+                if (Files[i].fs) {      /* Existing entry */
+                        if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&            /* Check if the file matched with an open file */
+                                Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+                                Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+                } else {                        /* Blank entry */
+                        be++;
+                }
+        }
+        if (i == _FS_LOCK)      /* The file is not opened */
+                return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;       /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */
+
+        /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */
+        return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+static
+int enq_lock (void)     /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */
+{
+        UINT i;
+
+        for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+        return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */
+        DIR* dj,        /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */
+        int acc         /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */
+)
+{
+        UINT i;
+
+
+        for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {        /* Find the file */
+                if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&
+                        Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+                        Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+        }
+
+        if (i == _FS_LOCK) {                            /* Not opened. Register it as new. */
+                for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+                if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0;    /* No space to register (int err) */
+                Files[i].fs = dj->fs;
+                Files[i].clu = dj->sclust;
+                Files[i].idx = dj->index;
+                Files[i].ctr = 0;
+        }
+
+        if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0;      /* Access violation (int err) */
+
+        Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1;  /* Set semaphore value */
+
+        return i + 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+FRESULT dec_lock (      /* Decrement file open counter */
+        UINT i                  /* Semaphore index */
+)
+{
+        WORD n;
+        FRESULT res;
+
+
+        if (--i < _FS_LOCK) {
+                n = Files[i].ctr;
+                if (n == 0x100) n = 0;
+                if (n) n--;
+                Files[i].ctr = n;
+                if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0;
+                res = FR_OK;
+        } else {
+                res = FR_INT_ERR;
+        }
+        return res;
+}
+
+
+static
+void clear_lock (       /* Clear lock entries of the volume */
+        FATFS *fs
+)
+{
+        UINT i;
+
+        for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+                if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0;
+        }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change window offset                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT move_window (
+        FATFS *fs,              /* File system object */
+        DWORD sector    /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */
+)                                       /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */
+{
+        DWORD wsect;
+
+
+        wsect = fs->winsect;
+        if (wsect != sector) {  /* Changed current window */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                if (fs->wflag) {        /* Write back dirty window if needed */
+                        if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                        fs->wflag = 0;
+                        if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) {        /* In FAT area */
+                                BYTE nf;
+                                for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) {   /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */
+                                        wsect += fs->fsize;
+                                        disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1);
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+#endif
+                if (sector) {
+                        if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                        fs->winsect = sector;
+                }
+        }
+
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Clean-up cached data                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT sync (  /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
+        FATFS *fs       /* File system object */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+
+
+        res = move_window(fs, 0);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */
+                if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {
+                        fs->winsect = 0;
+                        /* Create FSInfo structure */
+                        mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);
+                        ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+                        ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+                        ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+                        ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
+                        ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
+                        /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */
+                        disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);
+                        fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+                }
+                /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
+                if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK)
+                        res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+        }
+
+        return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get sector# from cluster#                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD clust2sect (      /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
+        FATFS *fs,              /* File system object */
+        DWORD clst              /* Cluster# to be converted */
+)
+{
+        clst -= 2;
+        if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0;               /* Invalid cluster# */
+        return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry                                */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */
+        FATFS *fs,      /* File system object */
+        DWORD clst      /* Cluster# to get the link information */
+)
+{
+        UINT wc, bc;
+        BYTE *p;
+
+
+        if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent)   /* Check range */
+                return 1;
+
+        switch (fs->fs_type) {
+        case FS_FAT12 :
+                bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+                if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+                wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++;
+                if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+                wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8;
+                return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
+
+        case FS_FAT16 :
+                if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;
+                p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+                return LD_WORD(p);
+
+        case FS_FAT32 :
+                if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;
+                p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+                return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+        }
+
+        return 0xFFFFFFFF;      /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+
+FRESULT put_fat (
+        FATFS *fs,      /* File system object */
+        DWORD clst,     /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */
+        DWORD val       /* New value to mark the cluster */
+)
+{
+        UINT bc;
+        BYTE *p;
+        FRESULT res;
+
+
+        if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
+                res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+        } else {
+                switch (fs->fs_type) {
+                case FS_FAT12 :
+                        bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+                        res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+                        *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
+                        bc++;
+                        fs->wflag = 1;
+                        res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+                        *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
+                        break;
+
+                case FS_FAT16 :
+                        res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+                        ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val);
+                        break;
+
+                case FS_FAT32 :
+                        res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+                        val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000;
+                        ST_DWORD(p, val);
+                        break;
+
+                default :
+                        res = FR_INT_ERR;
+                }
+                fs->wflag = 1;
+        }
+
+        return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT remove_chain (
+        FATFS *fs,                      /* File system object */
+        DWORD clst                      /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DWORD nxt;
+#if _USE_ERASE
+        DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2];
+#endif
+
+        if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
+                res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+        } else {
+                res = FR_OK;
+                while (clst < fs->n_fatent) {                   /* Not a last link? */
+                        nxt = get_fat(fs, clst);                        /* Get cluster status */
+                        if (nxt == 0) break;                            /* Empty cluster? */
+                        if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }      /* Internal error? */
+                        if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }    /* Disk error? */
+                        res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0);                     /* Mark the cluster "empty" */
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {     /* Update FSInfo */
+                                fs->free_clust++;
+                                fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+                        }
+#if _USE_ERASE
+                        if (ecl + 1 == nxt) {   /* Is next cluster contiguous? */
+                                ecl = nxt;
+                        } else {                                /* End of contiguous clusters */ 
+                                rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl);                                    /* Start sector */
+                                rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1;    /* End sector */
+                                disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt);             /* Erase the block */
+                                scl = ecl = nxt;
+                        }
+#endif
+                        clst = nxt;     /* Next cluster */
+                }
+        }
+
+        return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+DWORD create_chain (    /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
+        FATFS *fs,                      /* File system object */
+        DWORD clst                      /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
+)
+{
+        DWORD cs, ncl, scl;
+        FRESULT res;
+
+
+        if (clst == 0) {                /* Create a new chain */
+                scl = fs->last_clust;                   /* Get suggested start point */
+                if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1;
+        }
+        else {                                  /* Stretch the current chain */
+                cs = get_fat(fs, clst);                 /* Check the cluster status */
+                if (cs < 2) return 1;                   /* It is an invalid cluster */
+                if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs;       /* It is already followed by next cluster */
+                scl = clst;
+        }
+
+        ncl = scl;                              /* Start cluster */
+        for (;;) {
+                ncl++;                                                  /* Next cluster */
+                if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) {              /* Wrap around */
+                        ncl = 2;
+                        if (ncl > scl) return 0;        /* No free cluster */
+                }
+                cs = get_fat(fs, ncl);                  /* Get the cluster status */
+                if (cs == 0) break;                             /* Found a free cluster */
+                if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */
+                        return cs;
+                if (ncl == scl) return 0;               /* No free cluster */
+        }
+
+        res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF);     /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */
+        if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) {
+                res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl);   /* Link it to the previous one if needed */
+        }
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                fs->last_clust = ncl;                   /* Update FSINFO */
+                if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
+                        fs->free_clust--;
+                        fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+                }
+        } else {
+                ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1;
+        }
+
+        return ncl;             /* Return new cluster number or error code */
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+static
+DWORD clmt_clust (      /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */
+        FIL* fp,                /* Pointer to the file object */
+        DWORD ofs               /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */
+)
+{
+        DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl;
+
+
+        tbl = fp->cltbl + 1;    /* Top of CLMT */
+        cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize;  /* Cluster order from top of the file */
+        for (;;) {
+                ncl = *tbl++;                   /* Number of cluters in the fragment */
+                if (!ncl) return 0;             /* End of table? (error) */
+                if (cl < ncl) break;    /* In this fragment? */
+                cl -= ncl; tbl++;               /* Next fragment */
+        }
+        return cl + *tbl;       /* Return the cluster number */
+}
+#endif  /* _USE_FASTSEEK */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Set directory index                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_sdi (
+        DIR *dj,                /* Pointer to directory object */
+        WORD idx                /* Index of directory table */
+)
+{
+        DWORD clst;
+        WORD ic;
+
+
+        dj->index = idx;
+        clst = dj->sclust;
+        if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)      /* Check start cluster range */
+                return FR_INT_ERR;
+        if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)       /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
+                clst = dj->fs->dirbase;
+
+        if (clst == 0) {        /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */
+                dj->clust = clst;
+                if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)           /* Index is out of range */
+                        return FR_INT_ERR;
+                dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);       /* Sector# */
+        }
+        else {                          /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */
+                ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize;       /* Entries per cluster */
+                while (idx >= ic) {     /* Follow cluster chain */
+                        clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst);                           /* Get next cluster */
+                        if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;     /* Disk error */
+                        if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)       /* Reached to end of table or int error */
+                                return FR_INT_ERR;
+                        idx -= ic;
+                }
+                dj->clust = clst;
+                dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);      /* Sector# */
+        }
+
+        dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
+
+        return FR_OK;   /* Seek succeeded */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_next (      /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */
+        DIR *dj,                /* Pointer to directory object */
+        int stretch             /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */
+)
+{
+        DWORD clst;
+        WORD i;
+
+
+        stretch = stretch;              /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */
+        i = dj->index + 1;
+        if (!i || !dj->sect)    /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
+                return FR_NO_FILE;
+
+        if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) {     /* Sector changed? */
+                dj->sect++;                                     /* Next sector */
+
+                if (dj->clust == 0) {   /* Static table */
+                        if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)     /* Report EOT when end of table */
+                                return FR_NO_FILE;
+                }
+                else {                                  /* Dynamic table */
+                        if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */
+                                clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust);                              /* Get next cluster */
+                                if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+                                if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                                if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) {                                 /* When it reached end of dynamic table */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                                        BYTE c;
+                                        if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE;                        /* When do not stretch, report EOT */
+                                        clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust);         /* Stretch cluster chain */
+                                        if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED;                        /* No free cluster */
+                                        if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+                                        if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                                        /* Clean-up stretched table */
+                                        if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */
+                                        mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs));                    /* Clear window buffer */
+                                        dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);     /* Cluster start sector */
+                                        for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) {           /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
+                                                dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+                                                if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                                                dj->fs->winsect++;
+                                        }
+                                        dj->fs->winsect -= c;                                           /* Rewind window address */
+#else
+                                        return FR_NO_FILE;                      /* Report EOT */
+#endif
+                                }
+                                dj->clust = clst;                               /* Initialize data for new cluster */
+                                dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        dj->index = i;
+        dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;
+
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+DWORD ld_clust (
+        FATFS *fs,      /* Pointer to the fs object */
+        BYTE *dir       /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+        DWORD cl;
+
+        cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+        if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)
+                cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16;
+
+        return cl;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void st_clust (
+        BYTE *dir,      /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+        DWORD cl        /* Value to be set */
+)
+{
+        ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl);
+        ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30};      /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */
+
+
+static
+int cmp_lfn (                   /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */
+        WCHAR *lfnbuf,          /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
+        BYTE *dir                       /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
+)
+{
+        UINT i, s;
+        WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+        i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13;  /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+        s = 0; wc = 1;
+        do {
+                uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);    /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+                if (wc) {       /* Last char has not been processed */
+                        wc = ff_wtoupper(uc);           /* Convert it to upper case */
+                        if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++]))    /* Compare it */
+                                return 0;                               /* Not matched */
+                } else {
+                        if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;     /* Check filler */
+                }
+        } while (++s < 13);                             /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */
+
+        if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i])   /* Last segment matched but different length */
+                return 0;
+
+        return 1;                                               /* The part of LFN matched */
+}
+
+
+
+static
+int pick_lfn (                  /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */
+        WCHAR *lfnbuf,          /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
+        BYTE *dir                       /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+        UINT i, s;
+        WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+        i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13;  /* Offset in the LFN buffer */
+
+        s = 0; wc = 1;
+        do {
+                uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);            /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+                if (wc) {       /* Last char has not been processed */
+                        if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;    /* Buffer overflow? */
+                        lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc;                  /* Store it */
+                } else {
+                        if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;             /* Check filler */
+                }
+        } while (++s < 13);                                             /* Read all character in the entry */
+
+        if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) {                              /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
+                if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;            /* Buffer overflow? */
+                lfnbuf[i] = 0;
+        }
+
+        return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void fit_lfn (
+        const WCHAR *lfnbuf,    /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+        BYTE *dir,                              /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+        BYTE ord,                               /* LFN order (1-20) */
+        BYTE sum                                /* SFN sum */
+)
+{
+        UINT i, s;
+        WCHAR wc;
+
+
+        dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum;                 /* Set check sum */
+        dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN;                /* Set attribute. LFN entry */
+        dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
+        ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
+
+        i = (ord - 1) * 13;                             /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+        s = wc = 0;
+        do {
+                if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++];     /* Get an effective char */
+                ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc);     /* Put it */
+                if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF;           /* Padding chars following last char */
+        } while (++s < 13);
+        if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE;     /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
+        dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord;                    /* Set the LFN order */
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create numbered name                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+void gen_numname (
+        BYTE *dst,                      /* Pointer to generated SFN */
+        const BYTE *src,        /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */
+        const WCHAR *lfn,       /* Pointer to LFN */
+        WORD seq                        /* Sequence number */
+)
+{
+        BYTE ns[8], c;
+        UINT i, j;
+
+
+        mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
+
+        if (seq > 5) {  /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */
+                do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);
+        }
+
+        /* itoa (hexdecimal) */
+        i = 7;
+        do {
+                c = (seq % 16) + '0';
+                if (c > '9') c += 7;
+                ns[i--] = c;
+                seq /= 16;
+        } while (seq);
+        ns[i] = '~';
+
+        /* Append the number */
+        for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
+                if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
+                        if (j == i - 1) break;
+                        j++;
+                }
+        }
+        do {
+                dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
+        } while (j < 8);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Calculate sum of an SFN                                               */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+BYTE sum_sfn (
+        const BYTE *dir         /* Ptr to directory entry */
+)
+{
+        BYTE sum = 0;
+        UINT n = 11;
+
+        do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
+        return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_find (
+        DIR *dj                 /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+        BYTE a, ord, sum;
+#endif
+
+        res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);                   /* Rewind directory object */
+        if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+        ord = sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+        do {
+                res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                dir = dj->dir;                                  /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+                c = dir[DIR_Name];
+                if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }        /* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN    /* LFN configuration */
+                a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+                if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {        /* An entry without valid data */
+                        ord = 0xFF;
+                } else {
+                        if (a == AM_LFN) {                      /* An LFN entry is found */
+                                if (dj->lfn) {
+                                        if (c & LLE) {          /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+                                                sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+                                                c &= ~LLE; ord = c;     /* LFN start order */
+                                                dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+                                        }
+                                        /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
+                                        ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+                                }
+                        } else {                                        /* An SFN entry is found */
+                                if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */
+                                ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;       /* Reset LFN sequence */
+                                if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break;        /* SFN matched? */
+                        }
+                }
+#else           /* Non LFN configuration */
+                if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+                        break;
+#endif
+                res = dir_next(dj, 0);          /* Next entry */
+        } while (res == FR_OK);
+
+        return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read an object from the directory                                     */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+FRESULT dir_read (
+        DIR *dj                 /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+        BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+
+        res = FR_NO_FILE;
+        while (dj->sect) {
+                res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                dir = dj->dir;                                  /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+                c = dir[DIR_Name];
+                if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }        /* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN    /* LFN configuration */
+                a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+                if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {    /* An entry without valid data */
+                        ord = 0xFF;
+                } else {
+                        if (a == AM_LFN) {                      /* An LFN entry is found */
+                                if (c & LLE) {                  /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+                                        sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+                                        c &= ~LLE; ord = c;
+                                        dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+                                }
+                                /* Check LFN validity and capture it */
+                                ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+                        } else {                                        /* An SFN entry is found */
+                                if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */
+                                        dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;           /* It has no LFN. */
+                                break;
+                        }
+                }
+#else           /* Non LFN configuration */
+                if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL))   /* Is it a valid entry? */
+                        break;
+#endif
+                res = dir_next(dj, 0);                          /* Next entry */
+                if (res != FR_OK) break;
+        }
+
+        if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
+
+        return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Register an object to the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT dir_register (  /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
+        DIR *dj                         /* Target directory with object name to be created */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN    /* LFN configuration */
+        WORD n, ne, is;
+        BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
+        WCHAR *lfn;
+
+
+        fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;
+        mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
+
+        if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT))             /* Cannot create dot entry */
+                return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+
+        if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) {                 /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
+                fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0;                        /* Find only SFN */
+                for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
+                        gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n);    /* Generate a numbered name */
+                        res = dir_find(dj);                             /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                }
+                if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED;         /* Abort if too many collisions */
+                if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res;      /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
+                fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;
+        }
+
+        if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) {                  /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */
+                for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;
+                ne = (ne + 25) / 13;
+        } else {                                                /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */
+                ne = 1;
+        }
+
+        /* Reserve contiguous entries */
+        res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+        if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+        n = is = 0;
+        do {
+                res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                c = *dj->dir;                           /* Check the entry status */
+                if (c == DDE || c == 0) {       /* Is it a blank entry? */
+                        if (n == 0) is = dj->index;     /* First index of the contiguous entry */
+                        if (++n == ne) break;   /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */
+                } else {
+                        n = 0;                                  /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
+                }
+                res = dir_next(dj, 1);          /* Next entry with table stretch */
+        } while (res == FR_OK);
+
+        if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) {   /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */
+                res = dir_sdi(dj, is);
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn);  /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */
+                        ne--;
+                        do {                                    /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
+                                res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                                if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                                fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);
+                                dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+                                res = dir_next(dj, 0);  /* Next entry */
+                        } while (res == FR_OK && --ne);
+                }
+        }
+
+#else   /* Non LFN configuration */
+        res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                do {    /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */
+                        res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        c = *dj->dir;
+                        if (c == DDE || c == 0) break;  /* Is it a blank entry? */
+                        res = dir_next(dj, 1);                  /* Next entry with table stretch */
+                } while (res == FR_OK);
+        }
+#endif
+
+        if (res == FR_OK) {             /* Initialize the SFN entry */
+                res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        dir = dj->dir;
+                        mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR);        /* Clean the entry */
+                        mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11);       /* Put SFN */
+#if _USE_LFN
+                        dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT);     /* Put NT flag */
+#endif
+                        dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+                }
+        }
+
+        return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Remove an object from the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
+static
+FRESULT dir_remove (    /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
+        DIR *dj                         /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+#if _USE_LFN    /* LFN configuration */
+        WORD i;
+
+        i = dj->index;  /* SFN index */
+        res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx));   /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                do {
+                        res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        *dj->dir = DDE;                 /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+                        dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+                        if (dj->index >= i) break;      /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
+                        res = dir_next(dj, 0);          /* Next entry */
+                } while (res == FR_OK);
+                if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+        }
+
+#else                   /* Non LFN configuration */
+        res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        *dj->dir = DDE;                 /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+                        dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+                }
+        }
+#endif
+
+        return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT create_name (
+        DIR *dj,                        /* Pointer to the directory object */
+        const TCHAR **path      /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
+)
+{
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+        static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT;     /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN    /* LFN configuration */
+        BYTE b, cf;
+        WCHAR w, *lfn;
+        UINT i, ni, si, di;
+        const TCHAR *p;
+
+        /* Create LFN in Unicode */
+        for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
+        lfn = dj->lfn;
+        si = di = 0;
+        for (;;) {
+                w = p[si++];                                    /* Get a character */
+                if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break;    /* Break on end of segment */
+                if (di >= _MAX_LFN)                             /* Reject too long name */
+                        return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+                w &= 0xFF;
+                if (IsDBCS1(w)) {                               /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+                        b = (BYTE)p[si++];                      /* Get 2nd byte */
+                        if (!IsDBCS2(b))
+                                return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */
+                        w = (w << 8) + b;                       /* Create a DBC */
+                }
+                w = ff_convert(w, 1);                   /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */
+                if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */
+#endif
+                if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */
+                        return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                lfn[di++] = w;                                  /* Store the Unicode char */
+        }
+        *path = &p[si];                                         /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+        cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;           /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+        if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
+                (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) {
+                lfn[di] = 0;
+                for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+                        dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
+                dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT;                /* This is a dot entry */
+                return FR_OK;
+        }
+#endif
+        while (di) {                                            /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
+                w = lfn[di-1];
+                if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
+                di--;
+        }
+        if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME;        /* Reject nul string */
+
+        lfn[di] = 0;                                            /* LFN is created */
+
+        /* Create SFN in directory form */
+        mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);
+        for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ;  /* Strip leading spaces and dots */
+        if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
+        while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--;  /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
+
+        b = i = 0; ni = 8;
+        for (;;) {
+                w = lfn[si++];                                  /* Get an LFN char */
+                if (!w) break;                                  /* Break on end of the LFN */
+                if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) {       /* Remove spaces and dots */
+                        cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
+                }
+
+                if (i >= ni || si == di) {              /* Extension or end of SFN */
+                        if (ni == 11) {                         /* Long extension */
+                                cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
+                        }
+                        if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;   /* Out of 8.3 format */
+                        if (si > di) break;                     /* No extension */
+                        si = di; i = 8; ni = 11;        /* Enter extension section */
+                        b <<= 2; continue;
+                }
+
+                if (w >= 0x80) {                                /* Non ASCII char */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+                        w = ff_convert(w, 0);           /* Unicode -> OEM code */
+                        if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80];     /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */
+#else
+                        w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0);      /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
+#endif
+                        cf |= NS_LFN;                           /* Force create LFN entry */
+                }
+
+                if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) {              /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+                        if (i >= ni - 1) {
+                                cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
+                        }
+                        dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
+                } else {                                                /* Single byte char */
+                        if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) {       /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */
+                                w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */
+                        } else {
+                                if (IsUpper(w)) {               /* ASCII large capital */
+                                        b |= 2;
+                                } else {
+                                        if (IsLower(w)) {       /* ASCII small capital */
+                                                b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
+        }
+
+        if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+        if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+        if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03)   /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
+                cf |= NS_LFN;
+        if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) {                                           /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */
+                if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT;   /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
+                if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY;  /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
+        }
+
+        dj->fn[NS] = cf;        /* SFN is created */
+
+        return FR_OK;
+
+
+#else   /* Non-LFN configuration */
+        BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
+        UINT ni, si, i;
+        const char *p;
+
+        /* Create file name in directory form */
+        for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
+        sfn = dj->fn;
+        mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
+        si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+        if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
+                for (;;) {
+                        c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+                        if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
+                        sfn[i++] = c;
+                }
+                if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                *path = &p[si];                                                                 /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+                sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT;       /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+                return FR_OK;
+        }
+#endif
+        for (;;) {
+                c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+                if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break;   /* Break on end of segment */
+                if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
+                        if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                        i = 8; ni = 11;
+                        b <<= 2; continue;
+                }
+                if (c >= 0x80) {                                /* Extended char? */
+                        b |= 3;                                         /* Eliminate NT flag */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+                        c = excvt[c - 0x80];            /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */
+#else
+#if !_DF1S      /* ASCII only cfg */
+                        return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#endif
+#endif
+                }
+                if (IsDBCS1(c)) {                               /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+                        d = (BYTE)p[si++];                      /* Get 2nd byte */
+                        if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */
+                                return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                        sfn[i++] = c;
+                        sfn[i++] = d;
+                } else {                                                /* Single byte code */
+                        if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c))  /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
+                                return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                        if (IsUpper(c)) {                       /* ASCII large capital? */
+                                b |= 2;
+                        } else {
+                                if (IsLower(c)) {               /* ASCII small capital? */
+                                        b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        sfn[i++] = c;
+                }
+        }
+        *path = &p[si];                                         /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+        c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;           /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+
+        if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME;         /* Reject nul string */
+        if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE;       /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+        if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+        if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT;    /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */
+        if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY;   /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */
+
+        sfn[NS] = c;            /* Store NT flag, File name is created */
+
+        return FR_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get file information from directory entry                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+void get_fileinfo (             /* No return code */
+        DIR *dj,                        /* Pointer to the directory object */
+        FILINFO *fno            /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
+)
+{
+        UINT i;
+        BYTE nt, *dir;
+        TCHAR *p, c;
+
+
+        p = fno->fname;
+        if (dj->sect) {
+                dir = dj->dir;
+                nt = dir[DIR_NTres];            /* NT flag */
+                for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {       /* Copy name body */
+                        c = dir[i];
+                        if (c == ' ') break;
+                        if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE;
+                        if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+                        if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+                                c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+                        c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+                        if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+                        *p++ = c;
+                }
+                if (dir[8] != ' ') {            /* Copy name extension */
+                        *p++ = '.';
+                        for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
+                                c = dir[i];
+                                if (c == ' ') break;
+                                if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+                                if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+                                        c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+                                c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+                                if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+                                *p++ = c;
+                        }
+                }
+                fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr];                           /* Attribute */
+                fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);        /* Size */
+                fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate);          /* Date */
+                fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime);          /* Time */
+        }
+        *p = 0;         /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+        if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) {
+                TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;
+                WCHAR w, *lfn;
+
+                i = 0;
+                if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */
+                        lfn = dj->lfn;
+                        while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) {                     /* Get an LFN char */
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+                                w = ff_convert(w, 0);                   /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */
+                                if (!w) { i = 0; break; }               /* Could not convert, no LFN */
+                                if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100)                /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+                                        tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8);
+#endif
+                                if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; }     /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */
+                                tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w;
+                        }
+                }
+                tp[i] = 0;      /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */
+        }
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Follow a file path                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT follow_path (   /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
+        DIR *dj,                        /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
+        const TCHAR *path       /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        BYTE *dir, ns;
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+        if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */
+                path++; dj->sclust = 0;         /* Strip it and start from the root dir */
+        } else {                                                        /* No heading separator */
+                dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir;      /* Start from the current dir */
+        }
+#else
+        if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\')      /* Strip heading separator if exist */
+                path++;
+        dj->sclust = 0;                                         /* Start from the root dir */
+#endif
+
+        if ((UINT)*path < ' ') {                        /* Nul path means the start directory itself */
+                res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+                dj->dir = 0;
+        } else {                                                        /* Follow path */
+                for (;;) {
+                        res = create_name(dj, &path);   /* Get a segment */
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        res = dir_find(dj);                             /* Find it */
+                        ns = *(dj->fn+NS);
+                        if (res != FR_OK) {                             /* Failed to find the object */
+                                if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break;   /* Abort if any hard error occurred */
+                                /* Object not found */
+                                if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) {       /* If dot entry is not exit */
+                                        dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0;    /* It is the root dir */
+                                        res = FR_OK;
+                                        if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue;
+                                } else {                                                        /* Could not find the object */
+                                        if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+                                }
+                                break;
+                        }
+                        if (ns & NS_LAST) break;                        /* Last segment match. Function completed. */
+                        dir = dj->dir;                                          /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
+                        if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {        /* Cannot follow because it is a file */
+                                res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
+                        }
+                        dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir);
+                }
+        }
+
+        return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */
+        FATFS *fs,      /* File system object */
+        DWORD sect      /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
+)
+{
+        if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK)     /* Load boot record */
+                return 3;
+        if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55)               /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
+                return 2;
+
+        if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */
+                return 0;
+        if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)
+                return 0;
+
+        return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file system object is valid or not                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_mounted (   /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */
+        const TCHAR **path,     /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
+        FATFS **rfs,            /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
+        BYTE wmode                      /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */
+)
+{
+        BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl;
+        UINT vol;
+        DSTATUS stat;
+        DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat;
+        WORD nrsv;
+        const TCHAR *p = *path;
+        FATFS *fs;
+
+
+        /* Get logical drive number from the path name */
+        vol = p[0] - '0';                                       /* Is there a drive number? */
+        if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') {          /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */
+                p += 2; *path = p;                              /* Return pointer to the path name */
+        } else {                                                        /* No drive number is given */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+                vol = CurrVol;                                  /* Use current drive */
+#else
+                vol = 0;                                                /* Use drive 0 */
+#endif
+        }
+
+        /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
+        *rfs = 0;
+        if (vol >= _VOLUMES)                            /* Is the drive number valid? */
+                return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+        fs = FatFs[vol];                                        /* Get corresponding file system object */
+        if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;         /* Is the file system object available? */
+
+        ENTER_FF(fs);                                           /* Lock file system */
+
+        *rfs = fs;                                                      /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */
+        if (fs->fs_type) {                                      /* If the volume has been mounted */
+                stat = disk_status(fs->drv);
+                if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) {             /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */
+                        if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))     /* Check write protection if needed */
+                                return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+                        return FR_OK;                           /* The file system object is valid */
+                }
+        }
+
+        /* The file system object is not valid. */
+        /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */
+
+        fs->fs_type = 0;                                        /* Clear the file system object */
+        fs->drv = LD2PD(vol);                           /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
+        stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv);        /* Initialize the physical drive */
+        if (stat & STA_NOINIT)                          /* Check if the initialization succeeded */
+                return FR_NOT_READY;                    /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */
+        if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))     /* Check disk write protection if needed */
+                return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512                                              /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */
+        if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK)
+                return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+        /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */
+        fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0);          /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */
+        if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1;        /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */
+        if (fmt == 1) {                                         /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */
+                /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */
+                pi = LD2PT(vol);
+                if (pi) pi--;
+                tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */
+                if (tbl[4]) {                                           /* Is the partition existing? */
+                        bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]);              /* Partition offset in LBA */
+                        fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect);              /* Check the partition */
+                }
+        }
+        if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+        if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;               /* No FAT volume is found */
+
+        /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */
+
+        if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs))          /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */
+                return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+        fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16);                          /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+        if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);
+        fs->fsize = fasize;
+
+        fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs];                          /* Number of FAT copies */
+        if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;          /* (Must be 1 or 2) */
+        fasize *= b;                                                                            /* Number of sectors for FAT area */
+
+        fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus];                        /* Number of sectors per cluster */
+        if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;       /* (Must be power of 2) */
+
+        fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt);        /* Number of root directory entries */
+        if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */
+
+        tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16);                          /* Number of sectors on the volume */
+        if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);
+
+        nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt);                         /* Number of reserved sectors */
+        if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;                                     /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */
+
+        /* Determine the FAT sub type */
+        sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR);     /* RSV+FAT+DIR */
+        if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;            /* (Invalid volume size) */
+        nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize;                           /* Number of clusters */
+        if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;                            /* (Invalid volume size) */
+        fmt = FS_FAT12;
+        if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+        if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+        /* Boundaries and Limits */
+        fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2;                                                       /* Number of FAT entries */
+        fs->database = bsect + sysect;                                          /* Data start sector */
+        fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv;                                             /* FAT start sector */
+        if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+                if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;             /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */
+                fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus);   /* Root directory start cluster */
+                szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4;                                              /* (Required FAT size) */
+        } else {
+                if (!fs->n_rootdir)     return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;        /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */
+                fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize;                             /* Root directory start sector */
+                szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ?                                    /* (Required FAT size) */
+                        fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1);
+        }
+        if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs))       /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */
+                return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+        /* Initialize cluster allocation information */
+        fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+        fs->last_clust = 0;
+
+        /* Get fsinfo if available */
+        if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+                fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+                fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);
+                if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&
+                        LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&
+                        LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&
+                        LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {
+                                fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);
+                                fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);
+                }
+        }
+#endif
+        fs->fs_type = fmt;              /* FAT sub-type */
+        fs->id = ++Fsid;                /* File system mount ID */
+        fs->winsect = 0;                /* Invalidate sector cache */
+        fs->wflag = 0;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+        fs->cdir = 0;                   /* Current directory (root dir) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK                            /* Clear file lock semaphores */
+        clear_lock(fs);
+#endif
+
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not                          */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT validate (      /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
+        void* obj               /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */
+)
+{
+        FIL *fil;
+
+
+        fil = (FIL*)obj;        /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */
+        if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id)
+                return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+        ENTER_FF(fil->fs);              /* Lock file system */
+
+        if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT)
+                return FR_NOT_READY;
+
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Public Functions
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mount (
+        BYTE vol,               /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
+        FATFS *fs               /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/
+)
+{
+        FATFS *rfs;
+
+
+        if (vol >= _VOLUMES)            /* Check if the drive number is valid */
+                return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+        rfs = FatFs[vol];                       /* Get current fs object */
+
+        if (rfs) {
+#if _FS_LOCK
+                clear_lock(rfs);
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT                               /* Discard sync object of the current volume */
+                if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+                rfs->fs_type = 0;               /* Clear old fs object */
+        }
+
+        if (fs) {
+                fs->fs_type = 0;                /* Clear new fs object */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT                               /* Create sync object for the new volume */
+                if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+        }
+        FatFs[vol] = fs;                        /* Register new fs object */
+
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Open or Create a File                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_open (
+        FIL *fp,                        /* Pointer to the blank file object */
+        const TCHAR *path,      /* Pointer to the file name */
+        BYTE mode                       /* Access mode and file open mode flags */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj;
+        BYTE *dir;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+        fp->fs = 0;                     /* Clear file object */
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+        mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW;
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ));
+#else
+        mode &= FA_READ;
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+#endif
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                res = follow_path(&dj, path);   /* Follow the file path */
+                dir = dj.dir;
+#if !_FS_READONLY       /* R/W configuration */
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        if (!dir)       /* Current dir itself */
+                                res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+                        else
+                                res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+#endif
+                }
+                /* Create or Open a file */
+                if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
+                        DWORD dw, cl;
+
+                        if (res != FR_OK) {                                     /* No file, create new */
+                                if (res == FR_NO_FILE)                  /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+                                        res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;
+#else
+                                        res = dir_register(&dj);
+#endif
+                                mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS;               /* File is created */
+                                dir = dj.dir;                                   /* New entry */
+                        }
+                        else {                                                          /* Any object is already existing */
+                                if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) {        /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
+                                        res = FR_DENIED;
+                                } else {
+                                        if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW)       /* Cannot create as new file */
+                                                res = FR_EXIST;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) {        /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */
+                                dw = get_fattime();                                     /* Created time */
+                                ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw);
+                                dir[DIR_Attr] = 0;                                      /* Reset attribute */
+                                ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0);          /* size = 0 */
+                                cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);                      /* Get start cluster */
+                                st_clust(dir, 0);                                       /* cluster = 0 */
+                                dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+                                if (cl) {                                                       /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+                                        dw = dj.fs->winsect;
+                                        res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
+                                        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                                dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1;     /* Reuse the cluster hole */
+                                                res = move_window(dj.fs, dw);
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                else {  /* Open an existing file */
+                        if (res == FR_OK) {                                             /* Follow succeeded */
+                                if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {           /* It is a directory */
+                                        res = FR_NO_FILE;
+                                } else {
+                                        if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
+                                                res = FR_DENIED;
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)                    /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */
+                                mode |= FA__WRITTEN;
+                        fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect;                  /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+                        fp->dir_ptr = dir;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+                        fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+                        if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+                }
+
+#else                           /* R/O configuration */
+                if (res == FR_OK) {                                     /* Follow succeeded */
+                        dir = dj.dir;
+                        if (!dir) {                                             /* Current dir itself */
+                                res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                        } else {
+                                if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)     /* It is a directory */
+                                        res = FR_NO_FILE;
+                        }
+                }
+#endif
+                FREE_BUF();
+
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        fp->flag = mode;                                        /* File access mode */
+                        fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);      /* File start cluster */
+                        fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */
+                        fp->fptr = 0;                                           /* File pointer */
+                        fp->dsect = 0;
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+                        fp->cltbl = 0;                                          /* Normal seek mode */
+#endif
+                        fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id;     /* Validate file object */
+                }
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read File                                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_read (
+        FIL *fp,                /* Pointer to the file object */
+        void *buff,             /* Pointer to data buffer */
+        UINT btr,               /* Number of bytes to read */
+        UINT *br                /* Pointer to number of bytes read */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DWORD clst, sect, remain;
+        UINT rcnt, cc;
+        BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff;
+
+
+        *br = 0;        /* Clear read byte counter */
+
+        res = validate(fp);                                                     /* Check validity */
+        if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+        if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)                                       /* Aborted file? */
+                LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+        if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ))                                      /* Check access mode */
+                LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+        remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+        if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;           /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+        for ( ;  btr;                                                           /* Repeat until all data read */
+                rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+                if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {             /* On the sector boundary? */
+                        csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));    /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+                        if (!csect) {                                           /* On the cluster boundary? */
+                                if (fp->fptr == 0) {                    /* On the top of the file? */
+                                        clst = fp->sclust;                      /* Follow from the origin */
+                                } else {                                                /* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+                                        if (fp->cltbl)
+                                                clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);        /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+                                        else
+#endif
+                                                clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);      /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */
+                                }
+                                if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                fp->clust = clst;                               /* Update current cluster */
+                        }
+                        sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);   /* Get current sector */
+                        if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                        sect += csect;
+                        cc = btr / SS(fp->fs);                          /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+                        if (cc) {                                                       /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+                                if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
+                                        cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+                                if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+                                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2                  /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
+#if _FS_TINY
+                                if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)
+                                        mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));
+#else
+                                if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)
+                                        mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));
+#endif
+#endif
+                                rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;                 /* Number of bytes transferred */
+                                continue;
+                        }
+#if !_FS_TINY
+                        if (fp->dsect != sect) {                        /* Load data sector if not in cache */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                                if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {             /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+                                        if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                                ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                        fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+                                }
+#endif
+                                if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */
+                                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                        }
+#endif
+                        fp->dsect = sect;
+                }
+                rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));      /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
+                if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+#if _FS_TINY
+                if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))             /* Move sector window */
+                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);      /* Pick partial sector */
+#else
+                mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);  /* Pick partial sector */
+#endif
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_write (
+        FIL *fp,                        /* Pointer to the file object */
+        const void *buff,       /* Pointer to the data to be written */
+        UINT btw,                       /* Number of bytes to write */
+        UINT *bw                        /* Pointer to number of bytes written */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DWORD clst, sect;
+        UINT wcnt, cc;
+        const BYTE *wbuff = buff;
+        BYTE csect;
+
+
+        *bw = 0;        /* Clear write byte counter */
+
+        res = validate(fp);                                             /* Check validity */
+        if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+        if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)                               /* Aborted file? */
+                LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+        if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))                             /* Check access mode */
+                LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+        if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0;      /* File size cannot reach 4GB */
+
+        for ( ;  btw;                                                   /* Repeat until all data written */
+                wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
+                if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {     /* On the sector boundary? */
+                        csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));    /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+                        if (!csect) {                                   /* On the cluster boundary? */
+                                if (fp->fptr == 0) {            /* On the top of the file? */
+                                        clst = fp->sclust;              /* Follow from the origin */
+                                        if (clst == 0)                  /* When no cluster is allocated, */
+                                                fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);    /* Create a new cluster chain */
+                                } else {                                        /* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+                                        if (fp->cltbl)
+                                                clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);        /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+                                        else
+#endif
+                                                clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */
+                                }
+                                if (clst == 0) break;           /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
+                                if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                fp->clust = clst;                       /* Update current cluster */
+                        }
+#if _FS_TINY
+                        if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0))     /* Write-back sector cache */
+                                ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#else
+                        if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {             /* Write-back sector cache */
+                                if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+                        }
+#endif
+                        sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);   /* Get current sector */
+                        if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                        sect += csect;
+                        cc = btw / SS(fp->fs);                  /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+                        if (cc) {                                               /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+                                if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
+                                        cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+                                if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+                                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if _FS_TINY
+                                if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) {      /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+                                        mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+                                        fp->fs->wflag = 0;
+                                }
+#else
+                                if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+                                        mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+                                        fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+                                }
+#endif
+                                wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;         /* Number of bytes transferred */
+                                continue;
+                        }
+#if _FS_TINY
+                        if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) {    /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */
+                                if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                fp->fs->winsect = sect;
+                        }
+#else
+                        if (fp->dsect != sect) {                /* Fill sector cache with file data */
+                                if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&
+                                        disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                                ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                        }
+#endif
+                        fp->dsect = sect;
+                }
+                wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */
+                if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
+#if _FS_TINY
+                if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))     /* Move sector window */
+                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);      /* Fit partial sector */
+                fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+#else
+                mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);  /* Fit partial sector */
+                fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;
+#endif
+        }
+
+        if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */
+        fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;                                                /* Set file change flag */
+
+        LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Synchronize the File Object                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_sync (
+        FIL *fp         /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DWORD tim;
+        BYTE *dir;
+
+
+        res = validate(fp);                                     /* Check validity of the object */
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) {   /* Has the file been written? */
+#if !_FS_TINY   /* Write-back dirty buffer */
+                        if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {
+                                if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                        LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+                        }
+#endif
+                        /* Update the directory entry */
+                        res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);
+                        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                dir = fp->dir_ptr;
+                                dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC;                                        /* Set archive bit */
+                                ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize);          /* Update file size */
+                                st_clust(dir, fp->sclust);                                      /* Update start cluster */
+                                tim = get_fattime();                                            /* Update updated time */
+                                ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+                                ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0);
+                                fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;
+                                fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+                                res = sync(fp->fs);
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Close File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_close (
+        FIL *fp         /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+
+
+#if _FS_READONLY
+        res = validate(fp);
+        {
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+                FATFS *fs = fp->fs;
+#endif
+                if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;   /* Discard file object */
+                LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+        }
+#else
+        res = f_sync(fp);               /* Flush cached data */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+        if (res == FR_OK) {             /* Decrement open counter */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+                FATFS *fs = fp->fs;;
+                res = validate(fp);
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);     
+                        unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK);
+                }
+#else
+                res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
+#endif
+        }
+#endif
+        if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;   /* Discard file object */
+        return res;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings                                     */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 1
+
+FRESULT f_chdrive (
+        BYTE drv                /* Drive number */
+)
+{
+        if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+
+        CurrVol = drv;
+
+        return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+FRESULT f_chdir (
+        const TCHAR *path       /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                res = follow_path(&dj, path);           /* Follow the path */
+                FREE_BUF();
+                if (res == FR_OK) {                                     /* Follow completed */
+                        if (!dj.dir) {
+                                dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust;        /* Start directory itself */
+                        } else {
+                                if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)  /* Reached to the directory */
+                                        dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);
+                                else
+                                        res = FR_NO_PATH;               /* Reached but a file */
+                        }
+                }
+                if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 2
+FRESULT f_getcwd (
+        TCHAR *path,    /* Pointer to the directory path */
+        UINT sz_path    /* Size of path */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj;
+        UINT i, n;
+        DWORD ccl;
+        TCHAR *tp;
+        FILINFO fno;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        *path = 0;
+        res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0);     /* Get current volume */
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                i = sz_path;            /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */
+                dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir;                        /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */
+                while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) {        /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */
+                        res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1);                  /* Get parent dir */
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        res = dir_read(&dj);
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);    /* Goto parent dir */
+                        res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0);
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                        do {                                                    /* Find the entry links to the child dir */
+                                res = dir_read(&dj);
+                                if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                                if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break;      /* Found the entry */
+                                res = dir_next(&dj, 0); 
+                        } while (res == FR_OK);
+                        if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */
+                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+#if _USE_LFN
+                        fno.lfname = path;
+                        fno.lfsize = i;
+#endif
+                        get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno);                /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */
+                        tp = fno.fname;
+                        if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path;
+                        for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ;
+                        if (i < n + 3) {
+                                res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break;
+                        }
+                        while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n];
+                        path[--i] = '/';
+                }
+                tp = path;
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol;                  /* Put drive number */
+                        *tp++ = ':';
+                        if (i == sz_path) {                             /* Root-dir */
+                                *tp++ = '/';
+                        } else {                                                /* Sub-dir */
+                                do              /* Add stacked path str */
+                                        *tp++ = path[i++];
+                                while (i < sz_path);
+                        }
+                }
+                *tp = 0;
+                FREE_BUF();
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Seek File R/W Pointer                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_lseek (
+        FIL *fp,                /* Pointer to the file object */
+        DWORD ofs               /* File pointer from top of file */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+
+
+        res = validate(fp);                                     /* Check validity of the object */
+        if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+        if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)                       /* Check abort flag */
+                LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+        if (fp->cltbl) {        /* Fast seek */
+                DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl;
+
+                if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) {    /* Create CLMT */
+                        tbl = fp->cltbl;
+                        tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2;        /* Given table size and required table size */
+                        cl = fp->sclust;                        /* Top of the chain */
+                        if (cl) {
+                                do {
+                                        /* Get a fragment */
+                                        tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2;   /* Top, length and used items */
+                                        do {
+                                                pcl = cl; ncl++;
+                                                cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl);
+                                                if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                                if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                        } while (cl == pcl + 1);
+                                        if (ulen <= tlen) {             /* Store the length and top of the fragment */
+                                                *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl;
+                                        }
+                                } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent);        /* Repeat until end of chain */
+                        }
+                        *fp->cltbl = ulen;      /* Number of items used */
+                        if (ulen <= tlen)
+                                *tbl = 0;               /* Terminate table */
+                        else
+                                res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE;       /* Given table size is smaller than required */
+
+                } else {                                                /* Fast seek */
+                        if (ofs > fp->fsize)            /* Clip offset at the file size */
+                                ofs = fp->fsize;
+                        fp->fptr = ofs;                         /* Set file pointer */
+                        if (ofs) {
+                                fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1);
+                                dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+                                if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1);
+                                if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) {        /* Refill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                                        if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {             /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+                                                if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                                fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+                                        }
+#endif
+                                        if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK)  /* Load current sector */
+                                                ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+                                        fp->dsect = dsc;
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        } else
+#endif
+
+        /* Normal Seek */
+        {
+                DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;
+
+                if (ofs > fp->fsize                                     /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                         && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)
+#endif
+                        ) ofs = fp->fsize;
+
+                ifptr = fp->fptr;
+                fp->fptr = nsect = 0;
+                if (ofs) {
+                        bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs);        /* Cluster size (byte) */
+                        if (ifptr > 0 &&
+                                (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */
+                                fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1);    /* start from the current cluster */
+                                ofs -= fp->fptr;
+                                clst = fp->clust;
+                        } else {                                                                        /* When seek to back cluster, */
+                                clst = fp->sclust;                                              /* start from the first cluster */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                                if (clst == 0) {                                                /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */
+                                        clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);
+                                        if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                        if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                        fp->sclust = clst;
+                                }
+#endif
+                                fp->clust = clst;
+                        }
+                        if (clst != 0) {
+                                while (ofs > bcs) {                                             /* Cluster following loop */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                                        if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) {                      /* Check if in write mode or not */
+                                                clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst);      /* Force stretch if in write mode */
+                                                if (clst == 0) {                                /* When disk gets full, clip file size */
+                                                        ofs = bcs; break;
+                                                }
+                                        } else
+#endif
+                                                clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst);   /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
+                                        if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                        if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                        fp->clust = clst;
+                                        fp->fptr += bcs;
+                                        ofs -= bcs;
+                                }
+                                fp->fptr += ofs;
+                                if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {
+                                        nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst);       /* Current sector */
+                                        if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                        nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs);
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) {      /* Fill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                        if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {                     /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+                                if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+                        }
+#endif
+                        if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK)        /* Fill sector cache */
+                                ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+                        fp->dsect = nsect;
+                }
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+                if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) {                     /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */
+                        fp->fsize = fp->fptr;
+                        fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+                }
+#endif
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory Object                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_opendir (
+        DIR *dj,                        /* Pointer to directory object to create */
+        const TCHAR *path       /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        FATFS *fs;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);
+        fs = dj->fs;
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(*dj);
+                res = follow_path(dj, path);                    /* Follow the path to the directory */
+                FREE_BUF();
+                if (res == FR_OK) {                                             /* Follow completed */
+                        if (dj->dir) {                                          /* It is not the root dir */
+                                if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {       /* The object is a directory */
+                                        dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir);
+                                } else {                                                /* The object is not a directory */
+                                        res = FR_NO_PATH;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                dj->id = fs->id;
+                                res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);                   /* Rewind dir */
+                        }
+                }
+                if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+                if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0;                   /* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */
+        } else {
+                dj->fs = 0;
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_readdir (
+        DIR *dj,                        /* Pointer to the open directory object */
+        FILINFO *fno            /* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = validate(dj);                                             /* Check validity of the object */
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                if (!fno) {
+                        res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);                   /* Rewind the directory object */
+                } else {
+                        INIT_BUF(*dj);
+                        res = dir_read(dj);                             /* Read an directory item */
+                        if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {                /* Reached end of dir */
+                                dj->sect = 0;
+                                res = FR_OK;
+                        }
+                        if (res == FR_OK) {                             /* A valid entry is found */
+                                get_fileinfo(dj, fno);          /* Get the object information */
+                                res = dir_next(dj, 0);          /* Increment index for next */
+                                if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
+                                        dj->sect = 0;
+                                        res = FR_OK;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        FREE_BUF();
+                }
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get File Status                                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_stat (
+        const TCHAR *path,      /* Pointer to the file path */
+        FILINFO *fno            /* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                res = follow_path(&dj, path);   /* Follow the file path */
+                if (res == FR_OK) {                             /* Follow completed */
+                        if (dj.dir)             /* Found an object */
+                                get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);
+                        else                    /* It is root dir */
+                                res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                }
+                FREE_BUF();
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get Number of Free Clusters                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_getfree (
+        const TCHAR *path,      /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */
+        DWORD *nclst,           /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */
+        FATFS **fatfs           /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        FATFS *fs;
+        DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;
+        UINT i;
+        BYTE fat, *p;
+
+
+        /* Get drive number */
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);
+        fs = *fatfs;
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */
+                if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) {
+                        *nclst = fs->free_clust;
+                } else {
+                        /* Get number of free clusters */
+                        fat = fs->fs_type;
+                        n = 0;
+                        if (fat == FS_FAT12) {
+                                clst = 2;
+                                do {
+                                        stat = get_fat(fs, clst);
+                                        if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }
+                                        if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }
+                                        if (stat == 0) n++;
+                                } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent);
+                        } else {
+                                clst = fs->n_fatent;
+                                sect = fs->fatbase;
+                                i = 0; p = 0;
+                                do {
+                                        if (!i) {
+                                                res = move_window(fs, sect++);
+                                                if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                                                p = fs->win;
+                                                i = SS(fs);
+                                        }
+                                        if (fat == FS_FAT16) {
+                                                if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;
+                                                p += 2; i -= 2;
+                                        } else {
+                                                if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;
+                                                p += 4; i -= 4;
+                                        }
+                                } while (--clst);
+                        }
+                        fs->free_clust = n;
+                        if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+                        *nclst = n;
+                }
+        }
+        LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Truncate File                                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_truncate (
+        FIL *fp         /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DWORD ncl;
+
+
+        if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+        res = validate(fp);                                             /* Check validity of the object */
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) {                     /* Check abort flag */
+                        res = FR_INT_ERR;
+                } else {
+                        if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))             /* Check access mode */
+                                res = FR_DENIED;
+                }
+        }
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {
+                        fp->fsize = fp->fptr;   /* Set file size to current R/W point */
+                        fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+                        if (fp->fptr == 0) {    /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */
+                                res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust);
+                                fp->sclust = 0;
+                        } else {                                /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */
+                                ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+                                res = FR_OK;
+                                if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+                                if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+                                if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) {
+                                        res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);
+                                        if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Delete a File or Directory                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_unlink (
+        const TCHAR *path               /* Pointer to the file or directory path */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj, sdj;
+        BYTE *dir;
+        DWORD dclst;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                res = follow_path(&dj, path);           /* Follow the file path */
+                if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+                        res = FR_INVALID_NAME;                  /* Cannot remove dot entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+                if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2);       /* Cannot remove open file */
+#endif
+                if (res == FR_OK) {                                     /* The object is accessible */
+                        dir = dj.dir;
+                        if (!dir) {
+                                res = FR_INVALID_NAME;          /* Cannot remove the start directory */
+                        } else {
+                                if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)
+                                        res = FR_DENIED;                /* Cannot remove R/O object */
+                        }
+                        dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);
+                        if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */
+                                if (dclst < 2) {
+                                        res = FR_INT_ERR;
+                                } else {
+                                        mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR));       /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */
+                                        sdj.sclust = dclst;
+                                        res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2);         /* Exclude dot entries */
+                                        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                                res = dir_read(&sdj);
+                                                if (res == FR_OK                /* Not empty dir */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+                                                || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */
+#endif
+                                                ) res = FR_DENIED;
+                                                if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK;     /* Empty */
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                res = dir_remove(&dj);          /* Remove the directory entry */
+                                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                        if (dclst)                              /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+                                                res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);
+                                        if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                FREE_BUF();
+        }
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mkdir (
+        const TCHAR *path               /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj;
+        BYTE *dir, n;
+        DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime();
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                res = follow_path(&dj, path);                   /* Follow the file path */
+                if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;               /* Any object with same name is already existing */
+                if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+                        res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {                                /* Can create a new directory */
+                        dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0);           /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */
+                        res = FR_OK;
+                        if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED;          /* No space to allocate a new cluster */
+                        if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+                        if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+                        if (res == FR_OK)                                       /* Flush FAT */
+                                res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+                        if (res == FR_OK) {                                     /* Initialize the new directory table */
+                                dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl);
+                                dir = dj.fs->win;
+                                mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+                                mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3);        /* Create "." entry */
+                                dir[DIR_Name] = '.';
+                                dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;
+                                ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+                                st_clust(dir, dcl);
+                                mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR);       /* Create ".." entry */
+                                dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust;
+                                if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase)
+                                        pcl = 0;
+                                st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl);
+                                for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) {        /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */
+                                        dj.fs->winsect = dsc++;
+                                        dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+                                        res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+                                        if (res != FR_OK) break;
+                                        mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj);      /* Register the object to the directoy */
+                        if (res != FR_OK) {
+                                remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl);                       /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */
+                        } else {
+                                dir = dj.dir;
+                                dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;                         /* Attribute */
+                                ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);         /* Created time */
+                                st_clust(dir, dcl);                                     /* Table start cluster */
+                                dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+                                res = sync(dj.fs);
+                        }
+                }
+                FREE_BUF();
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Attribute                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_chmod (
+        const TCHAR *path,      /* Pointer to the file path */
+        BYTE value,                     /* Attribute bits */
+        BYTE mask                       /* Attribute mask to change */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj;
+        BYTE *dir;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                res = follow_path(&dj, path);           /* Follow the file path */
+                FREE_BUF();
+                if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+                        res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        dir = dj.dir;
+                        if (!dir) {                                             /* Is it a root directory? */
+                                res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                        } else {                                                /* File or sub directory */
+                                mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC;    /* Valid attribute mask */
+                                dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */
+                                dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+                                res = sync(dj.fs);
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Timestamp                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_utime (
+        const TCHAR *path,      /* Pointer to the file/directory name */
+        const FILINFO *fno      /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR dj;
+        BYTE *dir;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                INIT_BUF(dj);
+                res = follow_path(&dj, path);   /* Follow the file path */
+                FREE_BUF();
+                if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+                        res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                        dir = dj.dir;
+                        if (!dir) {                                     /* Root directory */
+                                res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+                        } else {                                        /* File or sub-directory */
+                                ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);
+                                ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);
+                                dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+                                res = sync(dj.fs);
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Rename File/Directory                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_rename (
+        const TCHAR *path_old,  /* Pointer to the old name */
+        const TCHAR *path_new   /* Pointer to the new name */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DIR djo, djn;
+        BYTE buf[21], *dir;
+        DWORD dw;
+        DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+        res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1);
+        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                djn.fs = djo.fs;
+                INIT_BUF(djo);
+                res = follow_path(&djo, path_old);              /* Check old object */
+                if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+                        res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+                if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2);
+#endif
+                if (res == FR_OK) {                                             /* Old object is found */
+                        if (!djo.dir) {                                         /* Is root dir? */
+                                res = FR_NO_FILE;
+                        } else {
+                                mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21);             /* Save the object information except for name */
+                                mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR));              /* Check new object */
+                                res = follow_path(&djn, path_new);
+                                if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;               /* The new object name is already existing */
+                                if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {                                /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */
+/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */
+                                        res = dir_register(&djn);                       /* Register the new entry */
+                                        if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                                dir = djn.dir;                                  /* Copy object information except for name */
+                                                mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);
+                                                dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;
+                                                djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+                                                if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {             /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */
+                                                        dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir));
+                                                        if (!dw) {
+                                                                res = FR_INT_ERR;
+                                                        } else {
+                                                                res = move_window(djo.fs, dw);
+                                                                dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR;       /* .. entry */
+                                                                if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {
+                                                                        dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust;
+                                                                        st_clust(dir, dw);
+                                                                        djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+                                                                }
+                                                        }
+                                                }
+                                                if (res == FR_OK) {
+                                                        res = dir_remove(&djo);         /* Remove old entry */
+                                                        if (res == FR_OK)
+                                                                res = sync(djo.fs);
+                                                }
+                                        }
+/* End critical section */
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                FREE_BUF();
+        }
+        LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg)      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY
+
+FRESULT f_forward (
+        FIL *fp,                                                /* Pointer to the file object */
+        UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */
+        UINT btr,                                               /* Number of bytes to forward */
+        UINT *bf                                                /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */
+)
+{
+        FRESULT res;
+        DWORD remain, clst, sect;
+        UINT rcnt;
+        BYTE csect;
+
+
+        *bf = 0;        /* Clear transfer byte counter */
+
+        if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+        res = validate(fp);                                                             /* Check validity of the object */
+        if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+        if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)                                               /* Check error flag */
+                LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+        if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ))                                              /* Check access mode */
+                LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+
+        remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+        if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;                   /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+        for ( ;  btr && (*func)(0, 0);                                  /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */
+                fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+                csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));    /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+                if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {                     /* On the sector boundary? */
+                        if (!csect) {                                                   /* On the cluster boundary? */
+                                clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?                        /* On the top of the file? */
+                                        fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+                                if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                                if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                                fp->clust = clst;                                       /* Update current cluster */
+                        }
+                }
+                sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);           /* Get current data sector */
+                if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+                sect += csect;
+                if (move_window(fp->fs, sect))                          /* Move sector window */
+                        ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+                fp->dsect = sect;
+                rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));      /* Forward data from sector window */
+                if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+                rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);
+                if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+        }
+
+        LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */
+
+
+
+#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create File System on the Drive                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define N_ROOTDIR       512             /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */
+#define N_FATS          1               /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */
+
+
+FRESULT f_mkfs (
+        BYTE drv,               /* Logical drive number */
+        BYTE sfd,               /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */
+        UINT au                 /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */
+)
+{
+        static const WORD vst[] = { 1024,   512,  256,  128,   64,    32,   16,    8,    4,    2,   0};
+        static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512};
+        BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part;
+        DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect;
+        UINT i;
+        DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data;      /* LBA */
+        DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir;       /* Size */
+        FATFS *fs;
+        DSTATUS stat;
+
+
+        /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */
+        if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+        if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+        if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+        fs = FatFs[drv];
+        if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
+        fs->fs_type = 0;
+        pdrv = LD2PD(drv);      /* Physical drive */
+        part = LD2PT(drv);      /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/
+
+        /* Get disk statics */
+        stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+        if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+        if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512                                      /* Get disk sector size */
+        if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
+                return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+        if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+                /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */
+                if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+                tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+                if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;    /* No partition? */
+                b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8);        /* Volume start sector */
+                n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12);       /* Volume size */
+        } else {
+                /* Create a partition in this function */
+                if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128)
+                        return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63;         /* Volume start sector */
+                n_vol -= b_vol;                         /* Volume size */
+        }
+
+        if (!au) {                              /* AU auto selection */
+                vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512));
+                for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ;
+                au = cst[i];
+        }
+        au /= SS(fs);           /* Number of sectors per cluster */
+        if (au == 0) au = 1;
+        if (au > 128) au = 128;
+
+        /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */
+        n_clst = n_vol / au;
+        fmt = FS_FAT12;
+        if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+        if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+        /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */
+        if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+                n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+                n_rsv = 32;
+                n_dir = 0;
+        } else {
+                n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4;
+                n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+                n_rsv = 1;
+                n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs);
+        }
+        b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv;                          /* FAT area start sector */
+        b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS;         /* Directory area start sector */
+        b_data = b_dir + n_dir;                         /* Data area start sector */
+        if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;        /* Too small volume */
+
+        /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */
+        if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1;
+        n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1);        /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */
+        n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS;
+        if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {          /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */
+                n_rsv += n;
+                b_fat += n;
+        } else {                                        /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */
+                n_fat += n;
+        }
+
+        /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */
+        n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au;
+        if (   (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16)
+                || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32))
+                return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+
+        switch (fmt) {  /* Determine system ID for partition table */
+        case FS_FAT12:  sys = 0x01; break;
+        case FS_FAT16:  sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break;
+        default:                sys = 0x0C;
+        }
+
+        if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+                /* Update system ID in the partition table */
+                tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+                tbl[4] = sys;
+                if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                md = 0xF8;
+        } else {
+                if (sfd) {      /* No partition table (SFD) */
+                        md = 0xF0;
+                } else {        /* Create partition table (FDISK) */
+                        mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));
+                        tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table;        /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */
+                        tbl[1] = 1;                                             /* Partition start head */
+                        tbl[2] = 1;                                             /* Partition start sector */
+                        tbl[3] = 0;                                             /* Partition start cylinder */
+                        tbl[4] = sys;                                   /* System type */
+                        tbl[5] = 254;                                   /* Partition end head */
+                        n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255;
+                        tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */
+                        tbl[7] = (BYTE)n;                               /* End cylinder */
+                        ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63);                    /* Partition start in LBA */
+                        ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol);                /* Partition size in LBA */
+                        ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);       /* MBR signature */
+                        if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK)  /* Write it to the MBR sector */
+                                return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                        md = 0xF8;
+                }
+        }
+
+        /* Create BPB in the VBR */
+        tbl = fs->win;                                                  /* Clear sector */
+        mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));
+        mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */
+        i = SS(fs);                                                             /* Sector size */
+        ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i);
+        tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au;                 /* Sectors per cluster */
+        ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv);             /* Reserved sectors */
+        tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS;                              /* Number of FATs */
+        i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR;  /* Number of rootdir entries */
+        ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i);
+        if (n_vol < 0x10000) {                                  /* Number of total sectors */
+                ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol);
+        } else {
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol);
+        }
+        tbl[BPB_Media] = md;                                    /* Media descriptor */
+        ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63);                 /* Number of sectors per track */
+        ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255);                 /* Number of heads */
+        ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol);               /* Hidden sectors */
+        n = get_fattime();                                              /* Use current time as VSN */
+        if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n);            /* VSN */
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat);       /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2);          /* Root directory start cluster (2) */
+                ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1);                     /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */
+                ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6);          /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */
+                tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80;                        /* Drive number */
+                tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29;                       /* Extended boot signature */
+                mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME    " "FAT32   ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */
+        } else {
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n);                      /* VSN */
+                ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat);        /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+                tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80;                          /* Drive number */
+                tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29;                         /* Extended boot signature */
+                mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME    " "FAT     ", 19);   /* Volume label, FAT signature */
+        }
+        ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);                   /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */
+        if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK)  /* Write it to the VBR sector */
+                return FR_DISK_ERR;
+        if (fmt == FS_FAT32)                                                    /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */
+                disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1);
+
+        /* Initialize FAT area */
+        wsect = b_fat;
+        for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) {          /* Initialize each FAT copy */
+                mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));                        /* 1st sector of the FAT  */
+                n = md;                                                         /* Media descriptor byte */
+                if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
+                        n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;
+                        ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);                             /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */
+                } else {
+                        n |= 0xFFFFFF00;
+                        ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);                             /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */
+                        ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+                        ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF);    /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */
+                }
+                if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+                        return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));                        /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */
+                for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) {           /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */
+                        if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+                                return FR_DISK_ERR;
+                }
+        }
+
+        /* Initialize root directory */
+        i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir;
+        do {
+                if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+                        return FR_DISK_ERR;
+        } while (--i);
+
+#if _USE_ERASE  /* Erase data area if needed */
+        {
+                DWORD eb[2];
+
+                eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1;
+                disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb);
+        }
+#endif
+
+        /* Create FSInfo if needed */
+        if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1);       /* Number of free clusters */
+                ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2);                          /* Last allocated cluster# */
+                ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+                disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1);    /* Write original (VBR+1) */
+                disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1);    /* Write backup (VBR+7) */
+        }
+
+        return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;
+}
+
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Divide Physical Drive                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_fdisk (
+        BYTE pdrv,                      /* Physical drive number */
+        const DWORD szt[],      /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */
+        void* work                      /* Pointer to the working buffer */
+)
+{
+        UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl;
+        BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work;
+        DSTATUS stat;
+        DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part;
+
+
+        stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+        if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+        if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+        if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+
+        /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */
+        for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ;
+        if (n == 256) n--;
+        e_hd = n - 1;
+        sz_cyl = 63 * n;
+        tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl;
+
+        /* Create partition table */
+        mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS);
+        p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) {
+                p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl;
+                if (!p_cyl) continue;
+                s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl;
+                sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl;
+                if (i == 0) {   /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */
+                        s_hd = 1;
+                        s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63;
+                } else {
+                        s_hd = 0;
+                }
+                e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1;
+                if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+
+                /* Set partition table */
+                p[1] = s_hd;                                            /* Start head */
+                p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1);        /* Start sector */
+                p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl;                                     /* Start cylinder */
+                p[4] = 0x06;                                            /* System type (temporary setting) */
+                p[5] = e_hd;                                            /* End head */
+                p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63);       /* End sector */
+                p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl;                                     /* End cylinder */
+                ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part);                        /* Start sector in LBA */
+                ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part);                      /* Partition size */
+
+                /* Next partition */
+                b_cyl += p_cyl;
+        }
+        ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55);
+
+        /* Write it to the MBR */
+        return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */
+#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get a string from the file                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+TCHAR* f_gets (
+        TCHAR* buff,    /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */
+        int len,                /* Size of string buffer (characters) */
+        FIL* fil                /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+        int n = 0;
+        TCHAR c, *p = buff;
+        BYTE s[2];
+        UINT rc;
+
+
+        while (n < len - 1) {                   /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */
+                f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+                if (rc != 1) break;                     /* Break on EOF or error */
+                c = s[0];
+#if _LFN_UNICODE                                        /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */
+                if (c >= 0x80) {
+                        if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */
+                        if (c < 0xE0) {                 /* Two-byte sequence */
+                                f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+                                if (rc != 1) break;
+                                c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F);
+                                if (c < 0x80) c = '?';
+                        } else {
+                                if (c < 0xF0) {         /* Three-byte sequence */
+                                        f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc);
+                                        if (rc != 2) break;
+                                        c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F);
+                                        if (c < 0x800) c = '?';
+                                } else {                        /* Reject four-byte sequence */
+                                        c = '?';
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+#endif
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+                if (c == '\r') continue;        /* Strip '\r' */
+#endif
+                *p++ = c;
+                n++;
+                if (c == '\n') break;           /* Break on EOL */
+        }
+        *p = 0;
+        return n ? buff : 0;                    /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a character to the file                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_putc (
+        TCHAR c,        /* A character to be output */
+        FIL* fil        /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+        UINT bw, btw;
+        BYTE s[3];
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+        if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil);      /* LF -> CRLF conversion */
+#endif
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE        /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */
+        if (c < 0x80) {                 /* 7-bit */
+                s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+                btw = 1;
+        } else {
+                if (c < 0x800) {        /* 11-bit */
+                        s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6));
+                        s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+                        btw = 2;
+                } else {                        /* 16-bit */
+                        s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12));
+                        s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F));
+                        s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+                        btw = 3;
+                }
+        }
+#else                           /* Write the character without conversion */
+        s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+        btw = 1;
+#endif
+        f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw);              /* Write the char to the file */
+        return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF;   /* Return the result */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a string to the file                                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_puts (
+        const TCHAR* str,       /* Pointer to the string to be output */
+        FIL* fil                        /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+        int n;
+
+
+        for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {
+                if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;
+        }
+        return n;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a formatted string to the file                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_printf (
+        FIL* fil,                       /* Pointer to the file object */
+        const TCHAR* str,       /* Pointer to the format string */
+        ...                                     /* Optional arguments... */
+)
+{
+        va_list arp;
+        BYTE f, r;
+        UINT i, j, w;
+        ULONG v;
+        TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p;
+        int res, chc, cc;
+
+
+        va_start(arp, str);
+
+        for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {
+                c = *str++;
+                if (c == 0) break;                      /* End of string */
+                if (c != '%') {                         /* Non escape character */
+                        cc = f_putc(c, fil);
+                        if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
+                        continue;
+                }
+                w = f = 0;
+                c = *str++;
+                if (c == '0') {                         /* Flag: '0' padding */
+                        f = 1; c = *str++;
+                } else {
+                        if (c == '-') {                 /* Flag: left justified */
+                                f = 2; c = *str++;
+                        }
+                }
+                while (IsDigit(c)) {            /* Precision */
+                        w = w * 10 + c - '0';
+                        c = *str++;
+                }
+                if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') {     /* Prefix: Size is long int */
+                        f |= 4; c = *str++;
+                }
+                if (!c) break;
+                d = c;
+                if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20;
+                switch (d) {                            /* Type is... */
+                case 'S' :                                      /* String */
+                        p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*);
+                        for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ;
+                        chc = 0;
+                        if (!(f & 2)) {
+                                while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+                        }
+                        chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil));
+                        while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+                        if (cc != EOF) cc = chc;
+                        continue;
+                case 'C' :                                      /* Character */
+                        cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue;
+                case 'B' :                                      /* Binary */
+                        r = 2; break;
+                case 'O' :                                      /* Octal */
+                        r = 8; break;
+                case 'D' :                                      /* Signed decimal */
+                case 'U' :                                      /* Unsigned decimal */
+                        r = 10; break;
+                case 'X' :                                      /* Hexdecimal */
+                        r = 16; break;
+                default:                                        /* Unknown type (pass-through) */
+                        cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue;
+                }
+
+                /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */
+                v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int));
+                if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) {
+                        v = 0 - v;
+                        f |= 8;
+                }
+                i = 0;
+                do {
+                        d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r;
+                        if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07;
+                        s[i++] = d + '0';
+                } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]);
+                if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-';
+                j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';
+                res = 0;
+                while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil));
+                do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i);
+                while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+                if (cc != EOF) cc = res;
+        }
+
+        va_end(arp);
+        return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..627cbaabe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module include file  R0.09a    (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _FATFS
+#define _FATFS  4004    /* Revision ID */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"    /* Basic integer types */
+#include "ffconf.h"             /* FatFs configuration options */
+
+#if _FATFS != _FFCONF
+#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Definitions of volume management */
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION            /* Multiple partition configuration */
+typedef struct {
+        BYTE pd;        /* Physical drive number */
+        BYTE pt;        /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */
+} PARTITION;
+extern PARTITION VolToPart[];   /* Volume - Partition resolution table */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd)  /* Get physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt)  /* Get partition index */
+
+#else                                                   /* Single partition configuration */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol)  /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) 0                    /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE                        /* Unicode string */
+#if !_USE_LFN
+#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg.
+#endif
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef WCHAR TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) L ## x
+#define _TEXT(x) L ## x
+#endif
+
+#else                                           /* ANSI/OEM string */
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef char TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) x
+#define _TEXT(x) x
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* File system object structure (FATFS) */
+
+typedef struct {
+        BYTE    fs_type;                /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */
+        BYTE    drv;                    /* Physical drive number */
+        BYTE    csize;                  /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */
+        BYTE    n_fats;                 /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */
+        BYTE    wflag;                  /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+        BYTE    fsi_flag;               /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+        WORD    id;                             /* File system mount ID */
+        WORD    n_rootdir;              /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+        WORD    ssize;                  /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+        _SYNC_t sobj;                   /* Identifier of sync object */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+        DWORD   last_clust;             /* Last allocated cluster */
+        DWORD   free_clust;             /* Number of free clusters */
+        DWORD   fsi_sector;             /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_RPATH
+        DWORD   cdir;                   /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */
+#endif
+        DWORD   n_fatent;               /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */
+        DWORD   fsize;                  /* Sectors per FAT */
+        DWORD   fatbase;                /* FAT start sector */
+        DWORD   dirbase;                /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */
+        DWORD   database;               /* Data start sector */
+        DWORD   winsect;                /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */
+        BYTE    win[_MAX_SS];   /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */
+} FATFS;
+
+
+
+/* File object structure (FIL) */
+
+typedef struct {
+        FATFS*  fs;                             /* Pointer to the related file system object */
+        WORD    id;                             /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */
+        BYTE    flag;                   /* File status flags */
+        BYTE    pad1;
+        DWORD   fptr;                   /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */
+        DWORD   fsize;                  /* File size */
+        DWORD   sclust;                 /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */
+        DWORD   clust;                  /* Current cluster of fpter */
+        DWORD   dsect;                  /* Current data sector of fpter */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+        DWORD   dir_sect;               /* Sector containing the directory entry */
+        BYTE*   dir_ptr;                /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */
+#endif
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+        DWORD*  cltbl;                  /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK
+        UINT    lockid;                 /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_TINY
+        BYTE    buf[_MAX_SS];   /* File data read/write buffer */
+#endif
+} FIL;
+
+
+
+/* Directory object structure (DIR) */
+
+typedef struct {
+        FATFS*  fs;                             /* Pointer to the owner file system object */
+        WORD    id;                             /* Owner file system mount ID */
+        WORD    index;                  /* Current read/write index number */
+        DWORD   sclust;                 /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */
+        DWORD   clust;                  /* Current cluster */
+        DWORD   sect;                   /* Current sector */
+        BYTE*   dir;                    /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */
+        BYTE*   fn;                             /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
+#if _USE_LFN
+        WCHAR*  lfn;                    /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */
+        WORD    lfn_idx;                /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */
+#endif
+} DIR;
+
+
+
+/* File status structure (FILINFO) */
+
+typedef struct {
+        DWORD   fsize;                  /* File size */
+        WORD    fdate;                  /* Last modified date */
+        WORD    ftime;                  /* Last modified time */
+        BYTE    fattrib;                /* Attribute */
+        TCHAR   fname[13];              /* Short file name (8.3 format) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+        TCHAR*  lfname;                 /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+        UINT    lfsize;                 /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */
+#endif
+} FILINFO;
+
+
+
+/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
+
+typedef enum {
+        FR_OK = 0,                              /* (0) Succeeded */
+        FR_DISK_ERR,                    /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */
+        FR_INT_ERR,                             /* (2) Assertion failed */
+        FR_NOT_READY,                   /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */
+        FR_NO_FILE,                             /* (4) Could not find the file */
+        FR_NO_PATH,                             /* (5) Could not find the path */
+        FR_INVALID_NAME,                /* (6) The path name format is invalid */
+        FR_DENIED,                              /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */
+        FR_EXIST,                               /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */
+        FR_INVALID_OBJECT,              /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */
+        FR_WRITE_PROTECTED,             /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */
+        FR_INVALID_DRIVE,               /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */
+        FR_NOT_ENABLED,                 /* (12) The volume has no work area */
+        FR_NO_FILESYSTEM,               /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */
+        FR_MKFS_ABORTED,                /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */
+        FR_TIMEOUT,                             /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */
+        FR_LOCKED,                              /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */
+        FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE,             /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */
+        FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */
+        FR_INVALID_PARAMETER    /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */
+} FRESULT;
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FatFs module application interface                           */
+
+FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*);                                         /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
+FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE);                      /* Open or create a file */
+FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*);                      /* Read data from a file */
+FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD);                                          /* Move file pointer of a file object */
+FRESULT f_close (FIL*);                                                         /* Close an open file object */
+FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*);                         /* Open an existing directory */
+FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*);                                     /* Read a directory item */
+FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*);                        /* Get file status */
+FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*);       /* Write data to a file */
+FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**);      /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */
+FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*);                                                      /* Truncate file */
+FRESULT f_sync (FIL*);                                                          /* Flush cached data of a writing file */
+FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*);                                        /* Delete an existing file or directory */
+FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*);                                         /* Create a new directory */
+FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE);                     /* Change attribute of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*);         /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*);          /* Rename/Move a file or directory */
+FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE);                                                       /* Change current drive */
+FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*);                                         /* Change current directory */
+FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT);                                        /* Get current directory */
+FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*);       /* Forward data to the stream */
+FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT);                                      /* Create a file system on the drive */
+FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*);           /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */
+int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*);                                                       /* Put a character to the file */
+int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*);                                        /* Put a string to the file */
+int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...);                         /* Put a formatted string to the file */
+TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*);                                      /* Get a string from the file */
+
+#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr)
+#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize)
+
+#ifndef EOF
+#define EOF (-1)
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Additional user defined functions                            */
+
+/* RTC function */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+DWORD get_fattime (void);
+#endif
+
+/* Unicode support functions */
+#if _USE_LFN                                            /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */
+WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT);         /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */
+WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR);                      /* Unicode upper-case conversion */
+#if _USE_LFN == 3                                       /* Memory functions */
+void* ff_memalloc (UINT);                       /* Allocate memory block */
+void ff_memfree (void*);                        /* Free memory block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Sync functions */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */
+int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t);                     /* Lock sync object */
+void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t);            /* Unlock sync object */
+int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t);           /* Delete a sync object */
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Flags and offset address                                     */
+
+
+/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */
+
+#define FA_READ                         0x01
+#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING        0x00
+#define FA__ERROR                       0x80
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#define FA_WRITE                        0x02
+#define FA_CREATE_NEW           0x04
+#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS        0x08
+#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS          0x10
+#define FA__WRITTEN                     0x20
+#define FA__DIRTY                       0x40
+#endif
+
+
+/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
+
+#define FS_FAT12        1
+#define FS_FAT16        2
+#define FS_FAT32        3
+
+
+/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
+
+#define AM_RDO  0x01    /* Read only */
+#define AM_HID  0x02    /* Hidden */
+#define AM_SYS  0x04    /* System */
+#define AM_VOL  0x08    /* Volume label */
+#define AM_LFN  0x0F    /* LFN entry */
+#define AM_DIR  0x10    /* Directory */
+#define AM_ARC  0x20    /* Archive */
+#define AM_MASK 0x3F    /* Mask of defined bits */
+
+
+/* Fast seek feature */
+#define CREATE_LINKMAP  0xFFFFFFFF
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------*/
+/* Multi-byte word access macros  */
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1   /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
+#define LD_WORD(ptr)            (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define LD_DWORD(ptr)           (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define ST_WORD(ptr,val)        *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
+#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val)       *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
+#else                                   /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
+#define LD_WORD(ptr)            (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define LD_DWORD(ptr)           (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define ST_WORD(ptr,val)        *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
+#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val)       *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FATFS */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63a4e7823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file  R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/
+/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
+/ the configuration options.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _FFCONF
+#define _FFCONF 4004    /* Revision ID */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Function and Buffer Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _FS_TINY        1               /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */
+/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system
+/  object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file
+/  data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */
+
+
+#define _FS_READONLY    0       /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */
+/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes
+/  writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,
+/  f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */
+
+
+#define _FS_MINIMIZE    2       /* 0 to 3 */
+/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.
+/
+/   0: Full function.
+/   1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename
+/      are removed.
+/   2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1.
+/   3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */
+
+
+#define _USE_STRFUNC    0       /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */
+/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */
+
+
+#define _USE_MKFS       0               /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */
+
+
+#define _USE_FORWARD    0       /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */
+
+
+#define _USE_FASTSEEK   0       /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Locale and Namespace Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _CODE_PAGE      932
+/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.
+/  Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.
+/
+/   932  - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   936  - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   949  - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   950  - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   1250 - Central Europe (Windows)
+/   1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)
+/   1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)
+/   1253 - Greek (Windows)
+/   1254 - Turkish (Windows)
+/   1255 - Hebrew (Windows)
+/   1256 - Arabic (Windows)
+/   1257 - Baltic (Windows)
+/   1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)
+/   437  - U.S. (OEM)
+/   720  - Arabic (OEM)
+/   737  - Greek (OEM)
+/   775  - Baltic (OEM)
+/   850  - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)
+/   858  - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)
+/   852  - Latin 2 (OEM)
+/   855  - Cyrillic (OEM)
+/   866  - Russian (OEM)
+/   857  - Turkish (OEM)
+/   862  - Hebrew (OEM)
+/   874  - Thai (OEM, Windows)
+/       1    - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)
+*/
+
+
+#define _USE_LFN        0               /* 0 to 3 */
+#define _MAX_LFN        255             /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */
+/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.
+/
+/   0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.
+/   1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant.
+/   2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.
+/   3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP.
+/
+/  The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN,
+/  Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added
+/  to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions
+/  ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define _LFN_UNICODE    0       /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */
+/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,
+/  enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */
+
+
+#define _FS_RPATH               0       /* 0 to 2 */
+/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature.
+/
+/   0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions.
+/   1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available.
+/   2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1.
+/
+/  Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Physical Drive Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _VOLUMES        1
+/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */
+
+
+#define _MAX_SS         512             /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */
+/* Maximum sector size to be handled.
+/  Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be
+/  required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk.
+/  When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size
+/  and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+#define _MULTI_PARTITION        0       /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */
+/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and
+/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume
+/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */
+
+
+#define _USE_ERASE      0       /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command
+/  should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ System Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _WORD_ACCESS    1       /* 0 or 1 */
+/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS
+/  option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume.
+/
+/   0: Byte-by-byte access.
+/   1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
+/
+/  When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word
+/  access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
+/  If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
+/  performance and code size.
+*/
+
+
+/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as
+/  windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */
+
+#define _FS_REENTRANT   0               /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+#define _FS_TIMEOUT             1000    /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */
+#define _SYNC_t                 HANDLE  /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */
+
+/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module.
+/
+/   0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.
+/   1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,
+/      ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj
+/      function must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define _FS_LOCK        0       /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */
+/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater.
+   The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */
+
+
+#endif /* _FFCONFIG */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5408fe6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _INTEGER
+#define _INTEGER
+
+#ifdef _WIN32   /* FatFs development platform */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+
+#else                   /* Embedded platform */
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
+typedef int                             INT;
+typedef unsigned int    UINT;
+
+/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
+typedef char                    CHAR;
+typedef unsigned char   UCHAR;
+typedef unsigned char   BYTE;
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
+typedef short                   SHORT;
+typedef unsigned short  USHORT;
+typedef unsigned short  WORD;
+typedef unsigned short  WCHAR;
+
+/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
+typedef long                    LONG;
+typedef unsigned long   ULONG;
+typedef unsigned long   DWORD;
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5291eaf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#include "RTC.h"
+
+#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
+
+/** Current dummy RTC time and date */
+static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count;
+
+void RTC_Init(void)
+{
+        DummyRTC_Count.Hour   = 0;
+        DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
+        DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
+        DummyRTC_Count.Day    = 1;
+        DummyRTC_Count.Month  = 1;
+        DummyRTC_Count.Year   = 00;
+}
+
+void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
+{
+        static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false;
+
+        HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed;
+        if (HalfSecondElapsed == false)
+          return;
+
+        if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60)
+          return;
+
+        DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
+
+        if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60)
+          return;
+
+        DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
+
+        if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24)
+          return;
+
+        DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0;
+
+        static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};
+        uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1];
+
+        /* Check if we need to account for a leap year */
+        if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) &&
+            ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4))))
+        {
+                DaysInMonth++;
+        }
+
+        if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth)
+          return;
+
+        DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1;
+
+        if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12)
+          return;
+
+        DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1;
+        DummyRTC_Count.Year++;
+}
+
+bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
+{
+        GlobalInterruptDisable();
+        DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate;
+        GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
+{
+        GlobalInterruptDisable();
+        *TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count;
+        GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+#else
+
+void RTC_Init(void)
+{
+        /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
+}
+
+void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
+{
+        /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
+}
+
+bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
+{
+        DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues;
+        const uint8_t         WriteAddress = 0;
+
+        // Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout
+        NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec    = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec       = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH        = false;
+        NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin    = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min       = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour   = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour      = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false;
+
+        // Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout
+        NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0;
+        NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay    = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day       = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth  = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month     = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear   = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10);
+        NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year      = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10);
+
+        // Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307
+        if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress),
+                           (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+        {
+                return false;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
+{
+        DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues;
+        const uint8_t         ReadAddress = 0;
+
+        // Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307
+        if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress),
+                           (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+        {
+                return false;
+        }
+
+        // Convert stored time value into decimal
+        TimeDate->Second  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec;
+        TimeDate->Minute  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min;
+        TimeDate->Hour    = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour;
+
+        // Convert stored date value into decimal
+        TimeDate->Day    = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay   * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day;
+        TimeDate->Month  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month;
+        TimeDate->Year   = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year;
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f35b8ff1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#ifndef _RTC_H_
+#define _RTC_H_
+
+        /* Includes: */
+                #include <avr/io.h>
+
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+
+                #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+        /* Type Defines: */
+                typedef struct
+                {
+                        uint8_t Hour;
+                        uint8_t Minute;
+                        uint8_t Second;
+                        uint8_t Day;
+                        uint8_t Month;
+                        uint8_t Year;
+                } TimeDate_t;
+
+                typedef struct
+                {
+                        union
+                        {
+                                struct
+                                {
+                                        unsigned Sec            : 4;
+                                        unsigned TenSec         : 3;
+                                        unsigned CH             : 1;
+                                } Fields;
+
+                                uint8_t IntVal;
+                        } Byte1;
+
+                        union
+                        {
+                                struct
+                                {
+                                        unsigned Min            : 4;
+                                        unsigned TenMin         : 3;
+                                        unsigned Reserved       : 1;
+                                } Fields;
+
+                                uint8_t IntVal;
+                        } Byte2;
+
+                        union
+                        {
+                                struct
+                                {
+                                        unsigned Hour            : 4;
+                                        unsigned TenHour         : 2;
+                                        unsigned TwelveHourMode  : 1;
+                                        unsigned Reserved        : 1;
+                                } Fields;
+
+                                uint8_t IntVal;
+                        } Byte3;
+
+                        union
+                        {
+                                struct
+                                {
+                                        unsigned DayOfWeek       : 3;
+                                        unsigned Reserved        : 5;
+                                } Fields;
+
+                                uint8_t IntVal;
+                        } Byte4;
+
+                        union
+                        {
+                                struct
+                                {
+                                        unsigned Day             : 4;
+                                        unsigned TenDay          : 2;
+                                        unsigned Reserved        : 2;
+                                } Fields;
+
+                                uint8_t IntVal;
+                        } Byte5;
+
+                        union
+                        {
+                                struct
+                                {
+                                        unsigned Month           : 4;
+                                        unsigned TenMonth        : 1;
+                                        unsigned Reserved        : 3;
+                                } Fields;
+
+                                uint8_t IntVal;
+                        } Byte6;
+
+                        union
+                        {
+                                struct
+                                {
+                                        unsigned Year            : 4;
+                                        unsigned TenYear         : 4;
+                                } Fields;
+
+                                uint8_t IntVal;
+                        } Byte7;
+                } DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t;
+
+        /* Macros: */
+                /** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */
+                #define DS1307_ADDRESS       0xD0
+
+        /* Function Prototypes: */
+                void RTC_Init(void);
+                void RTC_Tick500ms(void);
+                bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate);
+                bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fbbfd60e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+        {
+                .DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+                .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+                .Removable           = true,
+
+                .Version             = 0,
+
+                .ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+                .NormACA             = false,
+                .TrmTsk              = false,
+                .AERC                = false,
+
+                .AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+                .SoftReset           = false,
+                .CmdQue              = false,
+                .Linked              = false,
+                .Sync                = false,
+                .WideBus16Bit        = false,
+                .WideBus32Bit        = false,
+                .RelAddr             = false,
+
+                .VendorID            = "LUFA",
+                .ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+                .RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+        };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+        {
+                .ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+                .AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+        };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+        bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+        /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+        switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+        {
+                case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+                        CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        break;
+                case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+                        CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        break;
+                case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+                        CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        break;
+                case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+                        CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        break;
+                case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+                        CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+                        break;
+                case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+                        CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+                        break;
+                case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+                        CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        break;
+                case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+                case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+                case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+                case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+                        /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+                        CommandSuccess = true;
+                        MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+                        break;
+                default:
+                        /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+                        SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+                                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+                                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+                        break;
+        }
+
+        /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+        if (CommandSuccess)
+        {
+                SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+                               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+                               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+                return true;
+        }
+
+        return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+        uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+        uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+        /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+        if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+             MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+        {
+                /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+                SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+                               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+                               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+                return false;
+        }
+
+        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+        /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+        Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+        /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+        Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+        /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+        MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+        uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+        uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+        Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+        Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+        /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+        MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+        uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
+        uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+        Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+        /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+        MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+        /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+        if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+        {
+                /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+                SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+                               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+                               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+                return false;
+        }
+
+        /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+        if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+        {
+                /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+                SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+                               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+                               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+                return false;
+        }
+
+        /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+        MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+        uint32_t BlockAddress;
+        uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+        /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+        if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+        {
+                /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+                SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+                               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+                               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+                return false;
+        }
+
+        /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+        BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+        /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+        TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+        /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+        if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
+        {
+                /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+                SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+                               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+                               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+                return false;
+        }
+
+        /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+        if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+          DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+        else
+          DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+        /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+        MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+        /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+        Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+        Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+        Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+        Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+        Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+        /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+        MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+        return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..494b31bf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+        /* Includes: */
+                #include <avr/io.h>
+                #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+                #include "../TempDataLogger.h"
+                #include "../Descriptors.h"
+                #include "DataflashManager.h"
+                #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+        /* Macros: */
+                /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+                 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+                 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+                 *
+                 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+                 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+                 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+                 */
+                #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+                                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+                                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+                /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+                #define DATA_READ           true
+
+                /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+                #define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+                /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+                #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+                /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+                #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+
+        /* Function Prototypes: */
+                bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+                #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+                        static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+                        static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                                              const bool IsDataRead);
+                        static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+                #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1dc267a6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "TempDataLogger.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+        {
+                .Config =
+                        {
+                                .InterfaceNumber           = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+                                .DataINEndpoint            =
+                                        {
+                                                .Address           = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+                                                .Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+                                                .Banks             = 1,
+                                        },
+                                .DataOUTEndpoint           =
+                                        {
+                                                .Address           = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+                                                .Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+                                                .Banks             = 1,
+                                        },
+                                .TotalLUNs                 = 1,
+                        },
+        };
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
+        {
+                .Config =
+                        {
+                                .InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+                                .ReportINEndpoint             =
+                                        {
+                                                .Address              = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+                                                .Size                 = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+                                                .Banks                = 1,
+                                        },
+                                .PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+                                .PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+                        },
+        };
+
+/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
+
+/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */
+static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */
+static FATFS DiskFATState;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */
+static FIL TempLogFile;
+
+
+/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+        /* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */
+        RTC_Tick500ms();
+
+        /* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */
+        if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM)
+          return;
+
+        /* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */
+        CurrentLoggingTicks = 0;
+
+        uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+        /* Only log when not connected to a USB host */
+        if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+        {
+                TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
+                RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
+
+                char     LineBuffer[100];
+                uint16_t BytesWritten;
+
+                BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n",
+                                       CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year,
+                                       CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second,
+                                       Temperature_GetTemperature());
+
+                f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten);
+                f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+        }
+
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+        SetupHardware();
+
+        /* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */
+        LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM);
+
+        /* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */
+        if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF)
+          LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
+
+        /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
+        OpenLogFile();
+
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+        GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+        for (;;)
+        {
+                MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+                HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+                USB_USBTask();
+        }
+}
+
+/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */
+void OpenLogFile(void)
+{
+        char LogFileName[12];
+
+        /* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */
+        TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
+        RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
+        sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year);
+
+        /* Mount the storage device, open the file */
+        f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);
+        f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE);
+        f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize);
+}
+
+/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */
+void CloseLogFile(void)
+{
+        /* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */
+        f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+        f_close(&TempLogFile);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+        /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+        MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+        wdt_disable();
+
+        /* Disable clock division */
+        clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+        /* Hardware Initialization */
+        LEDs_Init();
+        ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+        Temperature_Init();
+        Dataflash_Init();
+        USB_Init();
+        TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000));
+        RTC_Init();
+
+        /* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */
+        OCR1A   = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1);
+        TCCR1B  = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12);
+        TIMSK1  = (1 << OCIE1A);
+
+        /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+        if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+        {
+                LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+                for(;;);
+        }
+
+        /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+        DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+        /* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */
+        CloseLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+        /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
+        OpenLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+        bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+        ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+        ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+        MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+        HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+        bool CommandSuccess;
+
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+        CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+        LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+        return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+        Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+
+        RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
+
+        ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+        *ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t);
+        return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+        Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+
+        RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
+
+        /* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */
+        if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS)
+        {
+                LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS;
+                eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM);
+        }
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90b9b4ea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for TempDataLogger.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+
+        /* Includes: */
+                #include <avr/io.h>
+                #include <avr/wdt.h>
+                #include <avr/power.h>
+                #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+                #include <stdio.h>
+
+                #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+                #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+                #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+                #include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h"
+                #include "Lib/RTC.h"
+                #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h>
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+                #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+                #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+        /* Macros: */
+                /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+                #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+                /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+                #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+                /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+                #define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+                /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+                #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+                /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+                #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+                /** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */
+                #define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL     10
+
+                /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
+                #define DISK_READ_ONLY           false
+
+        /* Type Defines: */
+                typedef struct
+                {
+                        TimeDate_t TimeDate;
+                        uint8_t    LogInterval500MS;
+                } Device_Report_t;
+
+        /* Function Prototypes: */
+                void SetupHardware(void);
+                void OpenLogFile(void);
+                void CloseLogFile(void);
+
+                void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+                void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+                void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+                void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+                bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+                bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                                         void* ReportData,
+                                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+                void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bdf8db0ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+                   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+  0. Additional Definitions.
+
+  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+   this License applicable to that copy.
+
+  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+  4. Combined Works.
+
+  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+   d) Do one of the following:
+
+       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+       Corresponding Source.
+
+       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+       Version.
+
+   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+   for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+  5. Combined Libraries.
+
+  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+   conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10926e87f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58fac5144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    partial class frmDataloggerSettings
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required designer variable.
+        /// </summary>
+        private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Clean up any resources being used.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+        protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+        {
+            if (disposing && (components != null))
+            {
+                components.Dispose();
+            }
+            base.Dispose(disposing);
+        }
+
+        #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+        /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+        /// </summary>
+        private void InitializeComponent()
+        {
+            this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+            this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown();
+            this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit();
+            this.SuspendLayout();
+            // 
+            // btnSetValues
+            // 
+            this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136);
+            this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues";
+            this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+            this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0;
+            this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values";
+            this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click);
+            // 
+            // dtpTime
+            // 
+            this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = "";
+            this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time;
+            this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61);
+            this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime";
+            this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true;
+            this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+            this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1;
+            // 
+            // lblTime
+            // 
+            this.lblTime.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67);
+            this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime";
+            this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+            this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2;
+            this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:";
+            // 
+            // lblLoggingInterval
+            // 
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101);
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval";
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13);
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3;
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:";
+            // 
+            // nudLogInterval
+            // 
+            this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94);
+            this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] {
+            60,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] {
+            1,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval";
+            this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20);
+            this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5;
+            this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] {
+            5,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            // 
+            // lblSeconds
+            // 
+            this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101);
+            this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds";
+            this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13);
+            this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6;
+            this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds";
+            // 
+            // btnGetValues
+            // 
+            this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136);
+            this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues";
+            this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+            this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7;
+            this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values";
+            this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click);
+            // 
+            // lblDate
+            // 
+            this.lblDate.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33);
+            this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate";
+            this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+            this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8;
+            this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:";
+            // 
+            // dtpDate
+            // 
+            this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy";
+            this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom;
+            this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27);
+            this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate";
+            this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+            this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9;
+            // 
+            // frmDataloggerSettings
+            // 
+            this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+            this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+            this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues);
+            this.MaximizeBox = false;
+            this.MinimizeBox = false;
+            this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings";
+            this.Text = "Datalogger";
+            this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load);
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit();
+            this.ResumeLayout(false);
+            this.PerformLayout();
+
+        }
+
+        #endregion
+
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3d1e1564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+using Hid;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form
+    {
+        private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB;
+        private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063;
+
+        private struct Device_Report_t
+        {
+            public Byte Day;
+            public Byte Month;
+            public Byte Year;
+
+            public Byte Hour;
+            public Byte Minute;
+            public Byte Second;
+
+            public Byte LogInterval500MS;
+
+            public Byte[] ToReport()
+            {
+                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+                Report[0] = this.Hour;
+                Report[1] = this.Minute;
+                Report[2] = this.Second;
+                Report[3] = this.Day;
+                Report[4] = this.Month;
+                Report[5] = this.Year;
+                Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS;
+
+                return Report;
+            }
+
+            public void FromReport(Byte[] Report)
+            {
+                this.Hour = Report[0];
+                this.Minute = Report[1];
+                this.Second = Report[2];
+                this.Day = Report[3];
+                this.Month = Report[4];
+                this.Year = Report[5];
+                this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6];
+            }
+        };
+
+        private IDevice GetDeviceConnection()
+        {
+            IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID);
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = null;
+
+            if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0)
+                ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0];
+            else
+                return null;
+
+            // Fix report handle under Windows
+            if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)
+            {
+                ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00,
+                    ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]);
+            }
+
+            return ConnectionHandle;
+        }
+
+        public frmDataloggerSettings()
+        {
+            InitializeComponent();
+        }
+
+        private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+            if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
+                return;
+            }
+
+            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+            DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day;
+            DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month;
+            DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000));
+            DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour;
+            DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute;
+            DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second;
+            DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2);
+
+            try
+            {
+                ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport());
+                MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully.");
+            }
+            catch (Exception ex)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+            if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
+                return;
+            }
+
+            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+
+            try
+            {
+                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+                ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report);
+                DeviceReport.FromReport(Report);
+                String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully.";
+
+                try
+                {
+                    dtpDate.Value = new DateTime(
+                        (2000 + DeviceReport.Year),
+                        DeviceReport.Month,
+                        DeviceReport.Day);
+
+                    dtpTime.Value = new DateTime(
+                        DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day,
+                        DeviceReport.Hour,
+                        DeviceReport.Minute,
+                        DeviceReport.Second);
+                }
+                catch (Exception ex)
+                {
+                    msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" +
+                        ex.Message +
+                        "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() +
+                        " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() +
+                        " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() +
+                        "\n\nUsing current date and time.";
+                    dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now;
+                    dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now;
+                }
+
+                try
+                {
+                    nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2);
+                }
+                catch (Exception ex)
+                {
+                    nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum;
+                }
+
+                MessageBox.Show(msgText);
+            }
+            catch (Exception ex)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19dc0dd8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c19edd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a7112fc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3693c6ca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2588e60c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    static class Program
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The main entry point for the application.
+        /// </summary>
+        [STAThread]
+        static void Main()
+        {
+            Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+            Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+            Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings());
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4d0ab1d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+
+// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following 
+// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
+// associated with an assembly.
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")]
+[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
+
+// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible 
+// to COM components.  If you need to access a type in this assembly from 
+// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+
+// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
+[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")]
+
+// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
+//
+//      Major Version
+//      Minor Version 
+//      Build Number
+//      Revision
+//
+// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers 
+// by using the '*' as shown below:
+// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
+[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63b1af40d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
+    using System;
+    
+    
+    /// <summary>
+    ///   A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
+    /// </summary>
+    // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
+    // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
+    // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
+    // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
+    [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    internal class Resources {
+        
+        private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
+        
+        private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
+        
+        [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
+        internal Resources() {
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
+            get {
+                if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
+                    global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
+                    resourceMan = temp;
+                }
+                return resourceMan;
+            }
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
+        ///   resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
+            get {
+                return resourceCulture;
+            }
+            set {
+                resourceCulture = value;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af7dbebba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95fc3ad58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
+    
+    
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
+    internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
+        
+        private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
+        
+        public static Settings Default {
+            get {
+                return defaultInstance;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39645652a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
+  <Profiles>
+    <Profile Name="(Default)" />
+  </Profiles>
+  <Settings />
+</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab6b9a83a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/
+
+This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit,
+Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of
+Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system
+that has both hiddev and Mono.
+
+Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and
+64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often
+neglected.
+
+
+Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics.
+
+Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET
+Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs).
+
+
+A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate
+methods.
+
+LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other
+examples on common devices are welcomed.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8517d6f42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <PropertyGroup>
+    <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
+    <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
+    <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
+    <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
+    <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid>
+    <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
+    <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
+    <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace>
+    <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName>
+    <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
+    <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
+    <FileUpgradeFlags>
+    </FileUpgradeFlags>
+    <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
+    <UpgradeBackupLocation />
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
+    <DebugType>full</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>false</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>true</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL">
+      <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion>
+      <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Core">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs">
+      <SubType>Form</SubType>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs">
+      <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
+    <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx">
+      <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
+      <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
+    </Compile>
+    <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
+      <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+    </None>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
+    </Compile>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
+  <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. 
+       Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
+  <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
+  </Target>
+  <Target Name="AfterBuild">
+  </Target>
+  -->
+</Project>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fdb4ad9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+    Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script
+    configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user
+    defined logging interval.
+
+    The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to
+    a multiple of 500ms.
+
+    Usage:
+        python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval>
+
+    Example:
+        python temp_log_config.py 500
+
+    Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from datetime import datetime
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x2063
+report_length = 1 + 7
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+    hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+                                            product_id=device_pid)
+
+    valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+    if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+        return None
+    else:
+        return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms):
+    # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero)
+    report_data = [0]
+
+    # Followed by the time/date data
+    report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute,
+                        time_date.second, time_date.day,
+                        time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000])
+
+    # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time
+    report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms])
+
+    # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+    report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+    # Send the generated report to the device
+    device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+
+def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms):
+    hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+    if hid_device is None:
+        print("No valid HID device found.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    try:
+        hid_device.open()
+
+        print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+              (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+               hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+        configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms)
+
+        print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date)
+        print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0)))
+
+    finally:
+        hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    time_date = datetime.now()
+    log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2
+
+    # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range
+    log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01)
+    log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF)
+
+    main(time_date, log_interval_500ms)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d4e0b5e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device \n
+ *        Human Interface Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
+ *        Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by
+ *  the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem
+ *  each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage
+ *  device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the
+ *  logging commences.
+ *
+ *  A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the
+ *  sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token
+ *  is specified - see \ref Sec_Options.
+ *
+ *  Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host.
+ *  For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system.
+ *
+ *  This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library
+ *  LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/).
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DUMMY_RTC</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system
+ *        clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf7ee2c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">

+        <project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8">

+                <require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>

+                <generator value="as5_8"/>

+

+                <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>

+                <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>

+

+                <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>

+                <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>

+        </project>

+

+        <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger">

+                <info type="description" value="summary">

+                Temperature Datalogger project.

+                </info>

+

+                <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>

+

+                <info type="keyword" value="Technology">

+                        <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>

+                        <keyword value="USB Device"/>

+                        <keyword value="HID Class"/>

+                        <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>

+                </info>

+

+                <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>

+                <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>

+                <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>

+

+                <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>

+                <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/>

+                <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/>

+                <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/>

+

+                <build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/>

+                <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>

+

+                <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>

+                <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/>

+                <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>

+

+                <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>

+                <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>

+                <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>

+

+                <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>

+                <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>

+                <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>

+

+                <require idref="lufa.common"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.platform"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>

+                <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/>

+        </module>

+</asf>

diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..395984174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "Temperature Datalogger Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         TempLogHostApp/ \
+                         TempLogHostApp_Python/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fea6fea91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = TempDataLogger
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \
+               $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk